THE COMPLEAT SURVEYOR: Containing The whole ART of Surveying of Land, BY THE Plain Table, Theodolite, Circumferentor, AND PERACTOR: After a more easie, exact and compendious manner, then hath been hitherto published by any: the PLAIN TABLE being so contrived, that it alone will conveniently perform whatsoever may be done by any of the fore-mentioned Instruments, or any other yet invented, with the same ease and exactnesse; and in many cases much better.
Together with the taking of all manner of Heights and Distances, either accessible or in-accessible, the Plotting and Protracting of all manner of Grounds, either small Inclosures, Champion plains, Wood-lands, or any other Mountainous and un-even grounds. Also, How to take the Plot of a whole Mannor, to cast up the content, and to make a perfect Chart or Map thereof. All which particulars are performed three severall wayes, and by three severall Instruments.
Hereunto is added, the manner how to know whether Water may be conveyed from a Spring head to any appointed place or not, and how to effect the same: With whatsoever else is necessary to the Art of SƲRVEYING.
By WILLIAM LEYBOURN.
LONDON: Printed by R. & W. LEYBOURN, for E. BREWSTER and G. SAWBRIDGE, and are to be sold at the signe of the Bible upon Ludgate hill, neer Fleet-bridge. MDCLIII.
TO HIS MUCH HONOURED FRIEND EDMƲND WINGATE, of Grayes Inne, Esq
THis Treatise being finished, and ready to see the light, I could not bethink my selfe of a fitter Patron then your selfe to protect it; Your knowledge in, and affection to the Sciences Mathematicall, as also the civill respect which You usually vouchsafe such as affect those Studies, arme me with this confidence.
I foresee that this my presumption in exposing this Work to publique view, may meet [Page] with some Detractors, but Your approbation thereof, will both convince them of their Errour, and plentifully satisfie me for the pains I have taken therein. Howbeit, what reception soever it may obtain with the Vulgar, my intention (I doubt not) will give me support and encouragement, my ayme therein being nothing else but the publique good, and this my Dedication an evidence to let You know how much I am,
TO THE READER:
ABout three years since there came into the World a little Pamphlet entituled Pla [...]etria, or the whole art of Surveying of Land, under the name of Oliver W [...]by, of which I confesse my selfe to be the Author, that name being only the true letters of my own name transposed. I was indeed very unwilling the world should know me to be the Author thereof, it being so immateriall a Treatise, and too particular for a Subject of so large an extent, but that was occasioned by over much [...], for (being urged thereunto) it was not above six weeks conceived before it was brought forth; and therefore must needs be little lesse, then monstrous: yet the good acceptance which that pamphlet received, occasioned me to prosecute that Subject more at large.
Now as the opinions of men in the world are various, so I knowe this work will be variously censured, and therefore it might (per chance) be expected by some, that I should make an apologie for my selfe, as to crave pardon [...] excusse for whatsoever any man shall be pleased to object against, him I mean to make no excuse, see I know of nothing that needs it, neither did I ever know any Book the more favoured for the Authors bespeaking it besides, the subject of the ensuing Treatise being Geometry, needeth no such thing, for [Demonstration] the grand supporter thereof, is able to with stand all opposers, and silently with Lines and Figures to [...] the most malevolent tongue or pen that shall [...] speak or [...]rice against its. But to the judicious Reader I shall say thus much, As I dare not think my doings free from all exception, so I do not know of any thing herein contained worthily deserving blame. Some small oversights which may possibly have crept in by chance, I must intreat the friendly Reader to over see or wink at, as for the understanding Reader, I am sure he will [...] to cavill at every [...]light mistake or literall fault in the printing, as for materiall faults I know of none in the whole Work, although I have diligently examined the printed sheets.
[Page]In the following Treatise I have endeavoured to proceed methodically, and to insert every particular Chapter as it ought to be read and practised, and have omitted nothing that might any way tend to make a man in short time become an exquisite proficient in the Geometricall part of Surveying.
The first part of this Book consisteth of Geometry only, and containeth such Problemes as are meet and necessary to be known and practised by any man that intendeth to exercise himself in this employment: by help of these Problemes the plot of any piece of Land may be inlarged or diminished according to any assigned proportion, and separation and division thereof made, if need be, by Rule and Compasse only, and also by Arithmetick.
In the second Book, you have a generall description of all the most necessary Instruments used in Surveying, as of the Theodolite, Circumferentor, Plain Table, and the like, and more particularly of those which I make use of in the prosecuting of this discourse. Also I have given such directions for the making of the Plain Table, and furnished the Index and other parts thereof with diverse necessary lines for severall occasions, so that it being made according to the directions there given, it is the most absolute and universall Instrument yet ever invented; for by it may be performed whatsoever may be done by the Theodolite, Circumferentor, or Peractor, with the same facility and exactnesse, and in many cases better, as in the particular uses thereof will plainly appear.
The third Book is of Trigonometrie, or the Doctrine of the dimension of Plain Triangles, by Sines, Tangents, and Logarithms, by which the nature and reason of the taking of all manner of Heights and Distances may the better appear, and for that reason I have in this third Book added short Tables of Sines and Logarithms, namely a Table of Sines to every 10 minutes of the Quadrant, and a Table of Logarithms from 1 to 1000, by which more Questions may be resolved in the space of one houre, then by the usuall wayes taught by others can be performed in six, if the like exactnesse be required. And for a further abreviation of these Calculations, I have also shewed how to resolve all such Cases in Plain Triangles as may at any time come in use in the practise of Surveying by the lines of Artificiall Numbers, Sines, and Tangents, whereby all such Cases may be resolved without pen, ink or paper.
In the fourth Book is shewn the use of all the fore-mentioned Instruments in the practise of Surveying, and first, in the taking of all manner of Heights and Distances either accessible or inaccessible, in the practise whereof the young practitioner will take much delight, and receive no small satisfaction.
There is also taught how to take the plot of any field or other inclosure severall wayes, both by the Plain Table, Theodolite and Circumferentor, by which will appear what congruity and harmony there is between these severall Instruments, for if you take the plot of any field by any one of them, and then by another of them, and plot your work by the same Scale as both your observations, you shall [Page] (if you be carefull) finde that these two Plots will agree together as exactly as if they had been both taken by one and the same Instrument. And for this reason I have made one Scheme or figure serve for three severall Chapters, which hath much abreviated the number of Diagrams, and will (I perswade my selfe) give better satisfaction to the Learner, then variety of figures could have done.
In the manner of protracting, when you have reserved your degrees out by the Needle in the Circumferentor or the Index of the Peractor, I have (because the practise thereof is very usuall and no lesse difficult) in pag 233 inserted a figure so plain and perspicuous, that the very sight thereof will be enough (if there were no words used) to explain the use thereof.
After the plot of any field is taken and protracted according to any of the former directions, I come to shew how the content thereof may be attained severall wayes, that is, to finde how many Acres, Roods and Perches are contained in any field thus plotted. Also there is taught how to measure mountanous and uneven grounds, and to finde the area or content thereof.
You are also taught in this fourth Book how to take the time plot of a whole Mannor, or of diverse severals, both by the Plain Table, Theodolite, Circumferentor or Peractor, with the manner how to keepe account in your Field-book after the most sure and exactest way. Also how to reduce your Plot, to draw a perfect draught thereof, and to deck and beautifie the same. And in the last place there is an example of Water-levelling, by which you may know whether water may be conveyed from a Spring-head to any determinate place or not.
Thus have I given you some generall intimation of the principall heads contained in the following Treatise, which you may see more aparent in the following Analysis, but best of all in the Book it selfe, unto which I chiefely refer you, wishing that you may take the same delight and pleasure in the practise of those things therein contained, as I did in the composing of them, so shall I think my labour well bestowed, and be the more animated to present thee with some other Mathematical Treatise, who am
A GENERAL SURVEY Of the whole WORK.
The following Treatise is divided into four Books.
- I. Of
Geometry, which consisteth of
- 1. Definition, page 3.
- 2. Theorems, 10.
- 3.
Problemes concerning
- 1. Raising and letting fall of Perpendiculars 11.
- 2. The making of equall angles, and drawing of parallel lines, 13.
- 3. The dividing of right lines equally. 14.
- 4. The constituting of right lined figures, 16.
- 5. The working of proportions by lines, 17.
- 6. The dividing of right lines proportionally, 18.
- 7. The dividing of
Triangles according to proportion, both
Arithmetically and
Geometrically, by a line drawn
- 1. From any angle, 19.
- 2. From a point in any side, 21.
- 3. Parallel in any side, 22.
- 8. The power of Lines and Superficies, 25.
- 9. The reducing of
figures from one form to another, as
- Four
- Five
- Six
- 10. The dividing of any plain Superficies into two or more parts, according to any proportion, by lines drawn either from any angle, or from a point in any side, 30.
-
[Page]II. Of
Instrumēts, as,
- 1. In generall, 37.
- 2. Of the Theodolite, 39.
- 3. Of the Circumferentor, 40.
- 4. Of the Plain Table, 42.
- 5. Of
Chains, and chiefely of
- Master Rathborns, 46.
- Master Gunters, 47.
- 6. Of the Protractor, 50.
- 7. Of
Scales,
- Plain,
- and Diagonall, 52.
- 8. Of a Field-book, 53.
- 9. Of the Parallelogram, 54.
- III. Of
Trigonometrie and
- 1. Of the description and use of the Tables of
- Sines, 57.
- and Logarithms, 63.
- 2. The application of these
Tables, as also of the lines of
Numbers, Sines and
Tangents, in resolving of
Plain Triangles,
- Right angled, 74.
- and Oblique angled. 79.
- 1. Of the description and use of the Tables of
- IV. The use of Instruments, and,
- 1. Of the
Scale in
- taking therefrom
- laying down
- 2. Of the
Protractor in
- laying down
- finding the quantity of
- 3. Of the
- Plain Table,
- Theodolite,
- Circumferentor,
- 4. Of the
Labell, thereby to observe
- an Horizontall line, or line of level,
- an angle of Altitude, 166.
- 5. Of taking
Distances
- accessible,
- or inaccessible,
- Plain Table, 187.
- Theodolite, 189.
- Circumferent. 190.
- 6. Of the taking of
- accessible
- inaccessible
- 7. Of taking divers distances at once, by the
- Plain Table, 196.
- and Theodolite; 198.
-
[Page]8. To take the plot of a Field at one station taken in the middle thereof by the
- Plain Table, 201.
- Theodolite, 203.
- Circumferentor, 205.
- 9. To take the plot of a Field at one station taken in any angle thereof, by the
- Plain Table, 208.
- Theodolite, ibid.
- Circumferentor, 210.
- 10. To take the plot of a field at two stations taken in any parts thereof, by the
- Plain Table, 212.
- Theodolite, 214.
- Circumferentor, 216.
- 11. To take the plot of a field at two stations taken in any parts thereof, only measuring the stationarie distance, by the
- Plain Table, 218.
- Theodolite, 220.
- Circumferentor, 220
- 12. Of Large Champion plains or Woods, to take Plots thereof by the
- Plain Table, 223.
- Theodolite, 226.
- 13. To take the plot of any Field, Wood-Park, Chase, Forrest, or other large Champion plain, by the Circumferentor, 230. And to protract the same, 233. With diverse cautions for the exact performance thereof.
- 14. Of the Peractor, contrived by Master Rathborn, how to make the Plain Table to do the work thereof better then the Peractor it selfe, 236.
- 15. To take the plot of any piece of Land by the Peractor, 236. and to protract the same, 240.
- 16. Of finding the Area or superficiall content of any piece of Land, the plot thereof being first taken, and chiefly of
- The Geometricall Square, 241,
- The Long Square, 242.
- The Triangle, 242.
- The Trapezia, 243.
- Any irregular plot of a Field, 244.
- The Circle, 245.
- 17. The manner of casting up the content of any piece of Land in Acres, &c. by
- Mr. Rathborns Chain, 246
- Mr. Gunters Chain, 249
- 18. To reduce Acres into Perches, and the contrary, 248.
- 19. The use of a Scale of Reduction necessary for finding the Fraction parts of an Acre 250
- [Page]20. Divers compendious rules for the ready casting up of any plain Superficies, with divers other Compendiums in Surveying, by the line of Numbers, 251.
- 21. Of Satute and Customary measure to reduce one to the other at pleasure, 254.
- 22. Of the laying out of common fields into furlongs, 255.
- 23. Of Hils and Mountains, how to finde the lengths of the horizontall lines on which they stand severall wayes, 257
- 24. Of mountanous and uneven grounds, how to protract or lay the same down in plano after the best manner, giving the area or content thereof, 258.
- 25. How to take the Plot of a whole Manner by the
- Plain Table three severall ways, 260.
- Circumferentor 266.
- or Peractor, 266.
- 26. Of inlarging or diminishing of Plots according to any possible proportion by
- Two Semicircles.
- Mr. Rathborns Ruler.
- A Line into 100 parts.
- The Parallelogram. 273.
- 27 Of conveying of water, 276.
- 1. Of the
Scale in
FOrasmuch as the whole Art of Surveying of Land is performed by Instruments of severall kindes, and that the exact and carefull making and dividing of all such Instruments is chiefely to be aimed at, I thought good to intimate to such as are desirous to practise this Art, and do not readily know where to be furnished with necessary Instruments for the performance thereof, that all, or any of the Instruments used or mentioned in this Book, or any Mathematicall Instrument whatsoever is exactly made by M r. Anthony Thompson in Hosier lane neer Smithfield, London.
THE COMPLEAT SURVEYOR. The First Book.
THis first Book consisteth of divers Definitions & Problemes Geometricall, extracted out of the Writings of divers ancient and modern Geometricians, as Euclid, Ramus, Clavius, &c. and are here so methodically disposed, that any man may gradually proceed from Probleme to Probleme without interruption, or being referred to any other Author for the Practicall performance of any of them. Onely the Demonstration is wholly omitted; partly, because those Books, out of [Page 2] which they were extracted, are very large in that particular, and also for the avoiding of many other Propositions and Theoremes, which (had the ensuing Problemes been demonstrated) must of necessity have been inserted. Also, the figures would have been so incumbred with multiplicity of lines, that the intended Problemes would have been thereby much darkened. And besides it was not my intent in this place to make an absolute or entire Treatise of Geometry, and therefore I have onely made choice of such Problems as I conceived most usefull for my present purpose, and come most in use in the practice of Surveying, and ought of necessity to be known by every man that intendeth to exercise himselfe in the Practice thereof, and those are chiefly such as concern the reducing of Plots from one forme to another, and to inlarge or diminish them according to any assigned Proportion, also divers of the Problemes in this Book will abundantly help the Surveyor in the division and seperation of Land, and in the laying out of any assigned quantity, whereby large parcels may be readily divided into divers severals; and those again sub-divided if need be. Also for the better satisfaction of the Reader, I have performed divers of the following Problemes both Arithmetically and Geometrically.
GEOMETRICALL DEFINITIONS.
1. A Point is that which cannot be divided.
A Point or Signe is that which is void of all Magnitude, and is the least thing that by minde and understanding can be imagined and conceived, than which there can be nothing lesse, as the Point or Prick noted with the letter A, which is neither quantity nor part of quantity, but only the terms or ends of quantity, and herein a Point in Geometry differeth from Unity in Number.
2. A Line is a length without breadth or thicknesse.
A Line is created or made by the moving or drawing out of a Point from one place to another, so the Line AB, is made by moving of a Point from A to B, and according as this motion is, so is the Line thereby created, whether streight or crooked. And of the three kindes of Magnitudes in Geometry, viz. Length, Breadth, and Thicknesse, a Line is the first, consisting of Length only, and therefore the Line AB, is capable of division in length only, and may be divided equally in the point C, or unequally in D, and the like, but will admit of no other dimension.
3. The ends or bounds of a Line are Points.
This is to be understood of a finite Line only, as is the line AB, the ends or bounds whereof are the points A and B: But in a Circular Line it is otherwise, [Page 4] for there, the Point in its motion returneth again to the place where it first began, and so maketh the Line infinite, and the ends or bounds thereof undeterminate.
4. A Right line is that which lieth equally between his points.
As the Right line AB lyeth streight and equall between the points A and B (which are the bounds thereof) without bowing, and is the shortest of all other lines that can be drawn between those two points.
5. A Superficies is that which hath only length and breadth.
As the motion of a point produceth a Line, the first kinde of Magnitude, so the motion of a Line produceth a Superficies, which is the second kinde of Magnitude, and is capable of two dimensions, namely, length and breadth, and so the Superficies ABCD may be divided in length from A to B, and also in breadth from A to C.
6. The extreams of a Superficies are Lines.
As the extreams or ends of a Line are points, so the extreams or bounds of a Superficies are Lines, and so the extreams or ends of the Superficies ABCD, are the lines AB, BD, DC, and CA, which are the terms or limits thereof.
7. A plain Superficies is that which lieth equally between his lines.
So the Superficies ABCD lieth direct and equally between his lines: and whatsoever is said of a right line, the same is also to be understood of a plain Superficies.
8. A plain Angle is the inclination or bowing of two lines the one to the other, the one touching the other, & not being directly joyned together.
As the two lines AB and BC incline the one to the other, and touch one another in the point B, in which point, by reason of the [Page 5] inclination of the said lines, is made the Angle ABC. But if the two lines which touch each other be without inclination, and be drawn directly one to the other, then they make no angle at all, as the lines CD and DE, touch each other in the point D, and yet they make no angle, but one continued right line.
¶ And here note, that an Angle commonly is signed by three Letters, the middlemost whereof sheweth the angular point: As in this figure, when we say the angle ABC, you are to understand the very point at B: And note also, that the length of the sides containing any angle, as the sides AB and BC, do not make the angle ABC either greater or lesser, but the angle still retaineth the same quantity be the containing sides thereof either longer or shorter.
9. And if the lines which contain the angle be right lines, then is it called a right lined angle.
So the angle ABC is a right lined angle, because the lines AB and BC, which contain the said angle, are right lines. And of right lined Angles there are three sorts, whose Definitions follow.
10. When a right line standing upon a right line maketh the angles on either side equall, then either of those angles is a right angle: and the right line which standeth erected, is called a perpendicular line to that whereon it standeth.
As upon the right line CD, suppose there do stand another right line AB, in such sort that it maketh the angles on either side thereof equall, namely, the angle ABD on the one side, equall to the angle ABC on the other side: then are either of the two angles ABC, and ABD right angles, and the right line AB, which standeth erected upon the right line CD, without inclining to either part thereof, is a perpendicular to the line CD.
11. An Obtuse angle is that which is greater than a right angle.
So the angle CBE is an obtuse angle, because it is greater than the angle ABC, which is a right angle; for it doth not only contain that right angle, but the angle ABE also, and therefore is obtuse.
12. An Acute angle is lesse than a right angle.
So the angle EBD is an acute angle, for it is lesse than the right angle ABD (in which it is contained) by the other acute angle ABE.
13. A limit or term is the end of every thing.
As a point is the limit or term of a Line, because it is the end thereof, so a Line likewise is the limit and term of a Superficies; and a Superficies is the limit and term of a Body.
14. A Figure is that which is contained under one limit or term or many.
As the Figure A is contained under one limit or term, which is the round line. Also the Figure B is contained under three right lines, which are the limits or terms thereof. Likewise, the Figure C is contained under four right lines, the Figure E under five right lines, and so of all other figures.
¶ And here note, that in the following work we call any plain Superficies whose sides are unequall, (as the Figure E) a Plot, as of a Field, Wood, Park, Forrest, and the like.
15. A Circle is a plain Figure contained under one line, which is called a Circumference, unto which all lines drawn from one point within the Figure, and falling upon the Circumference thereof are equall one to the other.
As the Figure ABCDE is a Circle, contained under the crooked line BCDE, which line is called the Circumference: In the middle of this Figure is a point A, from which point all lines drawn to the Circumference thereof are equall, as the lines AB, AC, AF, AD: and this point A is called the center of the Circle.
16. A Diameter of a Circle is a right line drawn by the Center thereof, and ending at the Circumference, on either side dividing the Circle into two equall parts.
So the line BAD (in the former Figure) is the Diameter thereof, because it passeth from the point B on the one side of the Circumference, to the point D on the other side of the Circumference, and passeth also by the point A, which is the center of the Circle. And moreover it divideth the Circle into two equall parts, namely, BCD being on one side of the Diameter, equall to BED on the other side of the Diameter. And this observation was first made by Thales Miletius, for, saith he. If a line drawn by the center of any Circle do not divide it equally, all the lines drawn from the center of that Circle to the Circumference cannot be equall.
17. A Semicircle is a figure contained under the Diameter, and that part of the Circumference cut off by the Diameter.
As in the former Circle, the figure BED is a Semicircle, because it is contained of the right line BAD, which is the Diameter, and of the crooked line BED, being that part of the circumference which is cut off by the Diameter: also the part BCD is a Semicircle.
18. A Section or portion of a Circle, is a Figure contained under a right line, and a part of the circumference, greater or lesse then a semicircle.
So the Figure ABC, which consisteth of the part of the Circumference ABC, and the right line AC is a Section or portion of a Circle greater than a Semicircle.
Also the other figure ACD, which is contained under the right line AC, and the part of the circumference ADC, is a Section of a Circle lesse than a Semicircle.
¶ And here note, that by a Section, Segment, Portion, or Part of a Circle, is meant the same thing, and signifieth such a part as is either greater or lesser then a Semicircle, so that a Semicircle cannot properly be called a Section, Segment, or part of a Circle.
19. Right lined figures are such as are contained under right lines.
20. Three sided figures are such as are contained under three right lines.
21. Four sided figures are such as are contained under four right lines.
22. Many sided figures are such as have more sides than four.
23. All three sided figures are called Triangles.
And such are the Triangles BCD.
24. Of four sided Figures, a Quadrat or Square is that whose sides are equal and his angles right. [As the Figure A.]
25. A Long square is that which hath right angles but unequal sides. [As the Figure B]
26. A Rhombus is a Figure having four equall sides but not right angles. [As the Figure C.]
27. A Rhomboides is a Figure whose opposite sides are equall, and whose opposite angles are also equall, but it hath neither equall sides nor equal angles. [As the Figure D.]
28. All other Figures of four sides (besides these) are called Trapezias.
Such are all Figures of four sides in which is observed no equality of sides or angles, as the figures A and B, which have neither equall sides nor equall angles, but are described by all adventures without the observation of any order.
29. Parallel, or equidistant right lines are such which being in one and the same Superficies and produced infinitely on both sides, do never in any part concur.
As the right lines AB and CD are parallel one to the other, and if they were infinitely extended on either side would never meet or concur together, but still retain the same distance.
Geometricall Theoremes.
- 1. ANy two right lines crossing one another, make the contrary or verticall angles equall.
- 2. If any right line fall upon two parallel right lines, it maketh the outward angles on the one, equall to the inward angles on the other, and the two inward opposite angles on contrary sides of the falling line also equall.
- 3. If any side of a Triangle be produced, the outward angle is equall to the two inward opposite angles, and all the three angles of any Triangle are equall to two right angles.
- 4. In equiangled Triangles, all their sides are proportionall, as well such as contain the equall angles, as also the subtendent sides.
- 5. If any four Quantities be proportionall, the first multiplied in the fourth, produceth a Quantity equall to that which is made by multiplication of the second in the third.
- 6. In all right angled Triangles, the square of the side subtending the right angle, is equall to both the squares of the containing sides.
- 7. All parallelograms are double to the triangles that are described upon their bases, their altitudes being equall.
- 8. All triangles that have one and the same Base, and lie between two parallel lines, are equall one to the other.
GEOMETRICALL PROBLEMES.
PROBLEME I. Ʋpon a right line given, how to erect another right line, which shall be perpendicular to the right line given.
THe right line given is AB, upon which from the point E it is required to erect the perpendicular EH.
Opening your Compasses at pleasure to any convenient distance, place one foot in the assigned point E, and with the other make the marks C and D, equidistant on each side the given point E. Then opening your Compasses again to any other convenient distance wider then the former, place one foot in C, and with the other describe the arch GG; also (the Compasses remaining at the same distance) place one foot in the point D, and with the other describe the arch FF, then from the point where these two arches intersect or cut each other (which is at H) draw the right line HE which shall be perpendicular to the given right line AB, which was the thing required to be done.
PROB. II. How to erect a Perpendicular on the end of a right line given.
LEt OR be a line given, and let it be required to erect the perpendicular RS. First, upon the line OR, with your Compasses opened to any small distance, make five small divisions beginning at R, noted with 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. Then take with your Compasses the distance from R to 4, and placing one foot in R, with the other describe the arch PP. Then take the distance R 5, and placing one foot of the Compasses in 3, with the other foot describe the arch BB, cutting the former arch in the point S. Lastly, from the point S, draw the line RS, which shall be perpendicular to the given line OR.
PROB. III. How to let fall a perpendicular, from any point assigned, upon a right line given.
THE point given is C, from which point it is required to draw a right line which shall be perpendicular to the given right line AB.
First, from the given point C, to the line AB, draw a line by chance, as CE, which divide into two equall parts in the point D, then placing one foot of the Compasses in the point D, with the distance DC, describe the Semicircle CFE, cutting the given line AB in the point F. Lastly, if from the point C you draw the right line CF, it shall be a perpendicular to the given line AB, which was required.
PROB. IV. How to make an angle equall to an angle given.
LEt the angle given be ACB, and let it be required to make another angle equall thereunto.
First, draw the line EF at pleasure, then upon the given angle at C, (the Compasses opened to any distance) describe the ark AB, also, upon the point F (the Compasses un-altered) describe the arke DE: then take with your Compasses the distance AB, and set the same distance from E to D. Lastly, draw the line DF, so shall the angle DFE be equall to the given angle ACB.
PROB. V. A right line being given, how to draw another right line which shall be parallel to the former, at any distance required.
THe line given is AB, unto which it is required to draw another right line parallel thereunto, at the distance AC, or BD.
First, Open your Compasses to the distance AC or AD, then placing one foot in A, with the other describe the arke C; also, place one foot in B, and with the other describe the arch D. Lastly, Draw the line CD so that it may only touch the arks C and D, so shall the line CD be parallel to the line AB, and at the distance required.
PROB. VI. To divide a right line given into any number of equall parts.
LEt AB be a line given, and let it be required to divide the same into four equall parts.
First, From the end of the given line A, draw the line AC, making any angle, then from the other end of the given line, which is at the point B, draw the line BD parallel to AC, or make the angle ABD equall to the angle CAB; then upon the lines AC and BD set off any three equall parts (which is one lesse then the number of parts into which the line AB is to be divided) on [...]ace line, as 1 2 3, then draw lines from 1 to 3, from 2 to 2, and from 3 to 1, which lines, crossing the given line AB, shall divide it into four equall parts as was required.
PROB. VII. A right line being given, how to draw another right line parallel thereunto, which shall also passe through a point assigned.
LEt AB be a line given, and let it be required to draw another line parallel thereunto which shall passe through the given point C.
First, Take with your compasses the distance from A to C, and placeing one foote thereof in B, with the other describe the ark DE; then take in your compasses the whole line AB, and placing one foot in the point C, with the other describe the arke FG, crossing the former arke DE in the point H. Lastly, if you draw the line CH it shall be parallel to AB.
PROB. VIII. Having any three points given, which are not situate in a right line, how to finde the center of an arch of a Circle which shall passe directly through the three given points.
THe three points given are A B and C, now it is required to finde the center of a Circle, whose circumference shall passe through the three points given.
First, Opening your Compasses to any distance greater then halfe BC, place one foot in the point B, and with the other describe the arch FG, then, the Compasses remaining at the same distance, place one foot in C, and with the other turned about make the marks F and G in the former arch, and draw the line FG at length if need be.
Again, opening the Compasses to any distance greater then halfe AB, place one foot in the point A, and with the other describe the arch HK, then, the Compasses remaining at the same distance, place one foot in the point B, and turning the other about make the marks HK in the former arch.
Lastly, draw the right line HK cutting the line FG in O, so shall O be the center upon which if you describe a Circle at the distance of OA, it shall passe directly through the three given points A B C, which was required.
PROB. IX. Any three right lines being given, so that the two shortest together be longer then the third, to make thereof a Triangle.
LEt it be required to make a Triangle of the three lines A B and C, the two shortest whereof, viz. A and B together, are longer then the third line C.
First, Draw the line DE equall to the given line B, then take with your Compasses the line C, and setting one foot in E, with the other describe the arch HG, also, take the given line A in your Compasses, and placing one foot in D, with the other describe the arch HF, cutting the former arch HG in the point H. Lastly, if from the point H you draw the lines HE and HD, you shall constitute the Triangle HDE, whose sides shall be equall to the three given lines A B C.
PROB. X. Having a right line given, how to make a Geometricall Square, whose side shall be equall thereunto.
THe line given is QR, and it is required to make a Geometricall Square whose side shall be equall to the line QR.
First, Draw the line AB, making it equall to the given line QR, then (by the first or second Probleme) upon the point B raise the perpendicular BC, making the line BC equall to the given line QR also. Then taking the line QR in your Compasses, place one foot in C, and with the other describe the arch D, also the Compasses so resting, place one foot in A, and with the other describe another arch crossing the former in the point D. Lastly, draw the lines DC and DA, which shall include the Geometricall Square ABCD.
PROB. XI. Two right lines being given, how to finde a third right line which shall be in proportion unto them.
LEt the two given lines be A and B, and let it be required to finde a third line which shall be in proportion unto them.
First, Draw two right lines making any angle at pleasure, as the lines OP and ON, making the angle PON; then taking the line A in your Compasses, set the length thereof from O to S, also, take the line B in your Compasses, and set the length thereof from O to R, and also from O to D, then draw the right line SD, and from the point R draw the line RC parallel to SD, so shall OC be the third proportionall required, for,
- As OS to OD ∷ so OR to OC.
- As 8 to 12 ∷ so 12 to 18.
PROB. XII. Three right lines being given, to finde a fourth in proportion to them.
THe three lines given are A B C, unto which it is required to finde a fourth proportionall line. This is to perform the rule of three in lines.
As in the last Problem, you must draw two lines making any angle, as the angle DEF. Then take the line A in your Compasses, and set it from E to G, then take the line B in your Compasses and set [Page 18] that length from E to H. Then take the third given line in your Compasses, and set that from E to K, and through that point K draw the line KL parallel to GH, so shall the line EL be the third proportionall required; for,
- As EG to EH ∷ so EK to EL.
- As 24 to 28 ∷ so 36 to 42.
¶ Here note that in the performance of this Probleme, that the first and the third termes (namely the lines A and C) must be set upon one and the same line, as here upon the line ED, and the second term (namely the line B) must be set upon the other line EF, upon which line also the fourth proportional EL will be found.
PROB. XIII. To divide a right line given into two parts, which shall have such proportion one to the other as two given right lines.
THe line given is AB, and it is required to divide the same into two parts, which shall have such proportion one to the other, as the line C hath to the line D.
First, from the point A, draw the line AE, at pleasure, making the angle EAB; then take in your Compasses the line C, and set it from A to F, also take the line D, and set it from F to E, and draw the line EB, then from the point F, draw the line FG parallel to EB, cutting the given line AB in the point G; [...] is the line AB divided into two parts in the point G, being in proportion one to the other, as the line C is to the line D; for,
- As AE to AB ∷ so AF to AG.
Arithmetically.
LEt the line AB contain 40 Perches, and let the line C be 20, and the line D 30; and let it be required to divide the line AB into two parts, being in proportion one to the other, as the line C is to the line D.
[Page 19]First, Adde the lines C and D together, their summe is 50, then say by the Rule of Proportion: If 50 (which is the summe of the two given terms) give 40 the whole line AB, what shall 30, the greater given term give? Multiply and divide, and you shall have in the quotient 24 for the greater part of the line AB, which being taken from 40 the whole line, there remains 16 for the other part AG; for,
- As AE to AB ∷ so FE to GB.
- As 50 to 40 ∷ so 30 to 24.
PROB. XIV. How to divide a Triangle into two parts, according to any proportion assigned, by a line drawn from any angle thereof, and to lay the lesser part towards any side assigned.
LEt ABC be a Triangle given, and let it be required to divide the same, by a line drawn from the angle A, into two parts, the one bearing proportion to the other, as the line F doth to the line G, and that the lesser part may be towards the side AB.
By the last Probleme divide the base of the Triangle BC in the point D, in proportion as the line F is to the line G, (the lesser part being set from B to D.) Lastly, draw the line AD, which shall divide the Triangle ABC in proportion as F to G; for,
- As the line F, is to the line G;
- So is the Triangle ADC; to the Triangle ABD.
PROB. XV. The Base of the Triangle being known, to perform the foregoing Probleme by Arithmetick.
SUppose the Base of the Triangle BC to be 40, and let the proportion into which the Triangle ABC is to be divided, be as 2 to 3.
First, Adde the two proportionall terms together, 2 and 3, which makes 5, then say by the rule of proportion: If 5 (the sum of the proportionall terms,) give 40 (the whole base BC,) what shall 3 (the greater term) give? Multiply and divide, and the quotient will give you 24 for the greater segment of the Base DC, which being deducted from the whole base 40, there will remain 16 for the lesser segment BD.
PROB. XVI. How to divide a Triangle, whose area or content is known, into two parts, by a line drawn from an angle assigned, according to any proportion required.
LEt the Triangle ABC contain 8 Acres, and let it be required to divide the same into two parts, by a line drawn from the angle A, the one to contain 5 Acres, and the other 3 Acres.
First, Measure the whole length of the Base, which supppse 40, then say, If 8 Acres (the quantity of the whole Triangle) give 40, (the whole Base,) what parts of the Base shall 5 Acres give? Multiply and divide, the Quotient will be 25 for the greater segment of the base CD, which being deducted from 40 (the whole Base,) there will remain 15 for the lesser segment of the Base BD, then [Page 21] draw the line AD, which shall divide the Triangle ABC according to the proportion required.
PROB. XVII. How to divide a Triangle given into two parts, according to any proportion assigned, by a line drawn from a point limited in any of the sides thereof: and to lay the greater or lesser part towards an angle assigned.
THe Triangle given is ABC and it is required from the point E, to draw a line that shall divide the Triangle into two parts, being in proportion one to the other as the line I is to the line K, and to lay the lesser part towards B.
First, From the limited point E, draw a line to the opposite angle at A; then divide the base BC in proportion as I to K, which point of division will be at D, then draw DF parallel to AE. Lastly, from F, draw the line FE, which will divide the Triangle into two parts being in proportion one to the other as the line I is to the line K.
PROB. XVIII. To perform the foregoing Probleme Arithmetically.
IT is required to divide the Triangle ABC, from the point E, into two parts in proportion as 5 to 2.
First, Divide the base BC according to the given proportion, then (because the lesser part is to be laid towards B) measure the distance from E to B, which admit 30, then say by the rule of Proportion; If EB 30, give DB 15, what shall AG 29 (the perpendicular of the Triangle) give? Multiply and divide, the Quotient will [Page 22] be 14½, at which distance draw a parallel line to BC, namely F, then from F draw the line FE, which shall divide the Triangle according to the required proportion.
PROB. XIX. How to divide a Triangle, whose area or content is known, into two parts, by a line drawn from a point limited in any side thereof, according to any number of Acres, Roods and Perches.
IN the foregoing Triangle ABC, whose area or content is 5 Acres, 1 Rood, let the limited point be E in the base thereof, and let it be required from the point E to draw a right line which shall divide the Triangle into two parts between M and N, so that M may have 3 Acres, 3 Roods thereof, and N may have 1 Acre and 2 Roods thereof.
First, reduce the quantity of N (being the lesser) into perches, which makes 240, then (considering on which side of the limited point E this part is to be laid, as towards B) measure that part of the base from E to B 30 Perches, whereof take the halfe, which is 15, and thereby divide 240, the part belonging to N; the quotient will be 16, the length of the perpendicular FH, at which parallel distance from the base BC cut the side AB in F, from whence draw the line FE which shall cut off the Triangle FBE, containing 1 Acre, 2 Roods, the part belonging to N, then will the Trapezia AFEC (which is the part belonging to M) contain the residue, namely, 3 Acres, 3 Roods.
PROB. XX. How to divide a Triangle according to any proportion given, by a line drawn parallel to one of the sides.
THe following Triangle ABC is given, and it is required to divide the same into two parts by a line drawn parallel to the side AC, which shall be in proportion one to the other, as the line I is to the line K.
First ( by the 13 Probleme) divide the line BC in E, in proportion as I to K, then ( by the 24 Probleme following) finde a mean proportionall between BE and BC, which let be BF, from which point F, draw the line FH parallel to AC, which line shall divide the Triangle into two parts, viz. the Trapezia AHFC, and the [Page 23] Triangle HFB, which are in proportion one to the other as the line I is to the line K.
PROB. XXI. To perform the foregoing Probleme Arithmetically.
LEt the Triangle be ABC, and let it be required to divide the same into two parts, which shall be in proportion one to the other, as 4 to 5, by a line drawn parallel to one of the sides.
First, Let the base BC containing 54 be divided according to the proportion given, so shall the lesser segment BE contain 24, and the greater EC 30; then finde out a mean proportionall line between BE 24, and the whole base BC 54, by multiplying 54 by 24, whose product will be 1296, the square root whereof is 36, the mean proportionall sought, which is BF, then, by the rule of proportion say: If BF 36 give BE 24, what AD 36? the answer is HG 24, at which distance draw a parallel line to the base, to cut the side AB in H, from whence draw the line HF parallel to AC, which shall divide the Triangle as was required.
PROB. XXII. To divide a Triangle of any known quantity, into two parts, by a line drawn parallel to one of the sides, according to any number of Acres, Roods, and Perches.
THe Triangle given is ABC, whose quantity is 8 Acres, 0 Roods, 16 Perches, and it is required to divide the same (by a line drawn parallel to the side AC) into two parts, viz. 4 Acres, 2 Roods, 0 Perches, and 3 Acres, 2 Roods, 16 Perches.
[Page 24]First, Reduce both quantities into perches (as is hereafter taught) and they will be 720, and 576, then reduce both those numbers, by abbreviation, into the least proportionall terms, viz. 5 and 4, and according to that proportion, divide the base BC 54 of the given Triangle in E, then seeke the mean proportionall between BE and BC, which proportionall is BF 36, of which 36 take the halfe, and thereby divide 576, the lesser quantity of Perches, the Quotient will be HG 32, at which parallel distance from the base, cut off the line AB in H, from whence draw the line HF parallel to the side AC, which shall divide the Triangle given according as was required.
PROB. XXIII. From a line given, to cut off any parts required.
THe line given is AB, from which it is required to cut off 3/7 parts. First, draw the line AC, making any angle, as CAB, then from A, set off any seven equall parts, as 1 2 3 4 5 6 7, and from 7 draw the line 7B. Now because 3/7 is to be cut off from the line AB, therefore from the point 3, draw the line 3D parallel to 7B, cutting the line AB in D, so shall AD be 3/7 of the line AB, and DB shall be 4/7 of the same line; for,
- As A7, is to AB ∷ so is A3, to AD.
PROB. XXIV. To finde a mean proportionall between two lines given.
IN the following figure, let the two lines given be A and B, between which it is required to finde a mean proportionall.
Let the two given lines A and B, be joyned together in the point E, making one right line, as CD, which divide into two equall parts in the point G, upon which point G, with the distance GC or GD, describe the Semicircle CFD; then, from the point E, (where the two lines are joyned together) raise the perpendicular EF, cutting the Periferie of the Semicircle in F, so shall the line [Page 25] EF be a mean proportionall between the two given lines A and B; for,
- As ED to EF ∷ so EF to CF.
- As 9 to 12 ∷ so 12 to 16.
PROB. XXV. How to divide a line in power according to any proportion given.
IN this figure let CD be a line given to be divided in power as the line A is to the line B.
First, divide the line CD in the point E, in proportion as A to B, ( by the 13 Probleme:) then divide the line CD into two equall parts in the point G, and on G, at the distance GC or GD, describe the Semicircle CFD, and upon the point E, raise the perpendicular EF, cutting the Semicircle in F: Lastly, draw the lines CF and DF, which together in power shall be equall to the power of the given line CD, and yet in power one to the other as A to B.
PROB. XXVI. How to inlarge a line in power, according to any proportion assigned.
IN the former figure, Let CE be a line given, to be inlarged in power as the line B to the line G.
First, ( by the 13 Probleme) finde a line in proportion to the given line CE, as B is to G, which will be CD, upon which line describe the Semicircle CFD, and on the point E, erect the perpendicular EF; then draw the line CF, which shall be in power to CE, as G to B.
PROB. XXVII. To inlarge or diminish a Plot given, according to any proportion required.
LEt ABCDE be a Plot given, to be diminished in power as L to K.
Divide one of the sides (as AB) in power as L to K, in such sort, that the power of AF, may be to the power of AB, as L to K. Then from the angle A, draw lines to the points C and D, that done, by F draw a parallel to BC, to cut AC in G, as FG. Again, from G, draw a parallel to CD to cut AD in H. Lastly, from H, draw a parallel to DE, to cut AE in I, so shall the plot AFGHI be like ABCDE, and in proportion to it, as the line L, to the line K, which was required.
Also, if the lesser Plot were given, and it were required to make a greater in proportion to it as K to L. Then from the point A, draw the lines AC and AD, at length, also increase AF and AI: that done, inlarge AF in power as K to L, which set from A to B, then by B draw a parallel to FG to cut AC in C, as BC. Likewise from C draw a parallel to GH, to cut AD in D, as CD. Lastly, a parallel from D to HI, as DE, to cut AI being increased in E, so shall you include the Plot ABCDE, like AFGHI, and in proportion thereunto, as the line K is to the line L, which was required.
PROB. XXVIII. How to make a Triangle which shall contain any number of Acres, Roods and Perches, and whose base shall be equal to any (possible) number given.
IF it be required to make a Triangle which shall contain 5 Acres, 2 Roods, 30 Perches, whose base shall contain 50 Perches, you must first reduce your 5 Acres, 2 Roods, 30 Perches, all into Perches in this manner.
First, (because 4 Roods make one Acre) multiply your 5 Acres by 4 which makes 20, to which adde the two odde Roods, so have [Page 27] you 22 Roods in your 5 Acres 2 Roods. Then (because 40 Perches make one Rood) multiply your 22 Roods by 40, which makes 880 Perches, to which adde the 30 odde Perches, and you shall have 910, and so many Perches are contained in 5 Acres, 2 Roods, 30 Perches.
Now to make a Triangle which shall contain 910 perches, & whose base shall be 50 Perches, do thus, Double the number of perches given, namely 910, and they make 1820, then because the base of the triangle must contain 50 Perches, divide 1820 by 50, the quotient will be 36⅖, which will be the length of the perpendicular of your Triangle. This done, From any equall Scale lay down the line AB equall to 50 Perches, then upon B, raise the perpendicular BD equal to 36⅖ perches, and draw the line CD parallel to AB then, from any point in the line CD (as from E) draw the lines EA and EB, including the Triangle AEB, which shall contain 5 Acres, 2 Roods, 30 Perches, which was required.
PROB. XXIX. How to reduce a Trapezia into a Triangle, by a line drawn from any angle thereof.
THe Trapezia given is ABCD, and it is required to reduce the same into a Triangle.
First, Extend the line DC, and draw the Diagonall BD, then from the point A, draw the line AE parallel to BD, extending it till it cut the side CD in the point E. Lastly, from B, draw the line BE, constituting the Triangle EBC, which shall be equall to the Trapezia ABCD.
PROB. XXX. How to reduce a Trapezia into a Triangle, by lines drawn from any point in any of the sides thereof.
LEt ABCD be a Trapezia given, and let H be a point in one of the sides thereof, from which point H let it be required to draw lines which shall reduce the Trapezia into a Triangle.
First, Extend the side which is opposite to the given point, namely, the side CD, both wayes to E and F, and then from the point H, draw lines to the angles C and D, as the lines HC and HD; also, draw the lines AE and BF parallel to HC and HD, cutting the extended line CD in the points E and F. Lastly, If from the point H you draw the lines HE and HF, you shall constitute the Triangle HEF, which shall be equall to the Trapezia ABCD.
PROB. XXXI. How to reduce an irregular Plot of five sides into a Triangle.
THe irregular Plot given is ABCDE, and it is required to reduce the same into a Triangle.
First, extend the side AE both wayes to F and G, and from the angle C, draw the lines CA and CE, to the angles A and E. Then from the point B, draw the line BF parallel to CA [Page 29] cutting the extended side AE, in F; also, from the point D, draw the line DG parallel to CE, cutting also the extended side in G. Lastly, from the angle C, draw the lines CF and CG, constituting the Triangle CFG which is equall to the Plot ABCDE.
PROB. XXXII. A Trapezia being given, how from any angle thereof of to divide the same into two parts being in proportion one to the other as two given right lines, and to set the part cut off towards an assigned side.
LEt the Trapezia given be ABCD, and let it be required to draw a line from the angle B, which shall divide the Trapezia into two parts, being in proportion one to the other, as the line G is to the line H, and that the lesser part of the Figure cut off, may be towards the side AB.
First (by the 29 Probleme) reduce the Trapezia ABCD into a Triangle, by drawing the line BF from the assigned angle, thereby constituting the Triangle ABF, equall to the Trapezia ABCD: this done, divide the base of the Triangle AF in proportion as G to H, which will be in the point E. Lastly, draw the line BE, which shall divide the Trapezia in proportion as G to H. Now because the lesser part of the Trapezia was to be set towards the side AB, therefore the lesser part of the line must be set from A to E. Here note that the same manner of working is to be observed, if it had been required to divide the Trapezia by a line drawn from any of the other angles.
PROB. XXXIII. A Trapezia being given, how, from a point limited in any side thereof, to draw a line which shall divide the same into two parts in proportion as two given lines.
THe Trapezia given is ABCD, and it is required from the point H, to draw a line which shall divide the Trapezia in proportion as O to Q.
First, Prolong the side CD, and reduce the whole Trapezia into the Triangle HEF by the 30 Probleme, then divide the line EF in proportion as O to Q, which will fall in the point G, therefore draw the line HG which shall divide the Trapezia into two parts in proportion as O to Q, which was required,
PROB. XXXIV. A Trapezia being given, how to divide the same into two parts in proportion as two lines given, and so that the line of partition may be parallel to any side thereof.
THe Trapezia given is ABCD, and it is required to divide the same into two parts, which shall be in proportion one to the other as the line K is to the line L, and that the line of partition may be parallel to the side BD.
Consider first, through which sides of the Trapezia the line of partition will passe, as in this Figure it will passe through the sides AB and CD (because parallel to BD,) therefore, extend the sides AB and CD, till they concur in E, then ( by the 32 Probleme) reduce the Trapezia ABCD into the Triangle BGD, whose base is GD, which line GD, divide in the point H in proportion as K to L; so that,
- As K to L ∷ So DH to HG.
This done, finde a mean proportionall between ED and EH ( by the 24 Probleme) as ER. Lastly, through this point R, draw the line RF parallel to BD, which shall divide the Trapezia into two parts being in proportion one to the other, as the line K is to the line L, and with a line parallel to the side BD, which was required.
But if it had been required to divide the Trapezia by a line drawn parallel to the side CD, then the lines CA and DB must have been extended, but the rest of the work must be performed as is before taught.
PROB. XXXV. The figure of a Plot being given, how to divide the same into two parts, being in proportion one to the other as two given lines are, with a line drawn from an angle assigned.
LEt the following Figure ABCDE represent the Plot of a Field or such like, and let it be required to divide the same into two parts, being in proportion one to the other as the line R is to the line S, by a line drawn from the angle B.
First, Reduce the Plot ABCDE into the Triangle BFG, (by the 31 Probleme) so shall the line FG be the base of a Triangle equall to the given Plot, then (by the 13 Probleme) divide this line FG into two parts in the point H, in proportion one to the other, as the line R is to the line S; so that,
- As R to S ∷ so GH to HF.
Lastly, draw the line BH, which shall divide your given Plot into two parts which shall have such proportion one to the other, as the line R hath to the line S.
PROB. XXXVI. How to divide a Triangle into any number of equall parts, by lines drawn from a point given in any side thereof.
LEt it be required to divide the Triangle ABC into five equall parts, by lines drawn from the point D.
First, From the given point D, to the opposite angle B, draw the line DB, then divide the side AC of the Triangle into five equall parts, at E F G and H, and through each of those points draw lines parallel to DB, as EM, FL, GK, and HI: then from the point D, draw the lines DI, DK, DL, and DM, which shall divide the Triangle ABC into five equall parts from the point D, as was required.
PROB. XXXVII. How to divide an irregular Plot of six sides, into two parts, according to any assigned proportion, by a right line drawn from a point limited in any of the sides thereof.
THe irregular Plot given is ABCDEF, and it is required to divide the same into two parts, being in proportion one to the other, as the line R is to the line S.
First, Draw the right line HK, and ( by the 30 Probleme) reduce the Trapezia ABFG into the Triangle HGK, then divide [...]he base thereof, namely HK, into two parts in proportion as R to [...], which will be in the point O, then draw the line GO, which will divide the Trapezia ABFC into two parts in proportion one [...]o the other, as the line R is to the line S.
Secondly, From the point O ( by the 31 Probleme) reduce the Trapezia FCED into the Triangle OLM, and divide the base thereof, namely LM, in the point N, in proportion as R to S, and draw the line ON, which will divide the Trapezia FCED into two parts in proportion as R to S: and by this means is the whole Plot ABCDEF divided into two parts in proportion as R to S, by the lines GO and ON. But it is required to resolve the Probleme by one right line only drawn from the point G, therefore, from the point G, draw the line GN, and through the point O, draw the line OP parallel to GN: and lastly, from G, draw the right line GP, which shall divide the whole Plot ABCDEF into two parts, being in proportion one to the other as the line T is to the line S.
PROB. XXXVIII. How to divide an irregular Plot according to any proportion, by a line drawn from any angle thereof.
LEt ABCDEFG be an irregular Plot, and let it be required to divide the same into two equall parts, by a line drawn from the angle A.
First, draw the line HK, dividing the Plot into two parts, namely, into the five sided figure ABCFG, and into the Trapezia FCED, then ( by the 31 Probleme) reduce the five sided figure ABCFG into the Triangle HAK, the base whereof HK divide into two equall parts in O, and draw the line OA, which shall divide the five sided figure ABCFG into two equall parts. Then ( by the 30 Probleme) reduce the Trapezia FCDE into the Triangle OLM, and divide the base thereof LM into two equall parts in the point P, and draw the line OP, which will divide the Trapezia FCDE into two equall parts, and so is the whole Plot divided into two equall parts by the lines AO and OP, but to performe the Probleme by one right line only, do thus, from the point A, draw the line AP, and parallel thereunto, through the point O, draw the line ON. Lastly, if you draw a right line from A to N, it shall divide the whole Plot into two equall parts.
THE COMPLEAT SURVEYOR. The Second Book.
[Page 37]A DESCRIPTION OF INSTRVMENTS.
IN this Book is contained both a generall and particular description of all the most necessary Instruments belonging to Surveying, as the Theodolite, Circumferentor and Plain Table, with all the appurtenances thereunto belonging, as the Staffe, Sockets, Screws, Index, Label, and other necessaries. Now whereas these three Instruments are the most convenient for all manner of practises in Surveying, I have so ordered the matter, that in this Book, after [Page 36] the Theodolite and Circumferentor are particularly described, as they have usually been made; I come to the description of the Plain Table, and therein have shewed how that Instrument may be ordered to performe the work of any of the other; so that whatsoever may be done by the Theodolite, Circumferentor, or any other Instrument, the same may be effected by the Plain Table onely, as it is there contrived, with the same ease, dispatch, and exactnesse, and in many respects better, as in Chap. 1. doth plainly appear: so that this Instrument onely is sufficient for all manner of practises whatsoever. And besides the fore-mentioned Instruments for mensuration there is described divers other Instruments belonging thereunto, as Chains, Scales, Protractors, and the like; all which are described according to the best contrivance yet known.
CHAP. I. Of Instruments in generall.
THe particular description of the severall Instruments that have from time to time been invented for the practise of Surveying, would make a Treatise of it self, and in this place is not so necessary to be insisted on, every of the inventors, in their severall Books of the uses of them having been already large enough in their construction. To omit therefore the description of the Topographicall Instrument of Master Leonard Diggs, the Familiar Staffe of Master John Blagrave, the Geodeticall Staffe, and Topographicall Glasse of Master Arthur Hopton, with divers other Instruments invented and published by Gemma Frisius, Orentius, Clavius, Stofterus, and others; I shall immediately begin with the description of those which are the ground and foundation of all the rest, and are now the only Instruments in most esteem amongst Surveyors, and those are chiefely these three, the Theodolite, the Circumferentor, and the Plain Table. Now, as I would not confine any man to the use of one particular Instrument for all employments, so I would advise any man not to cumber himselfe with multiplicity, since these three last named are sufficient for all occasions. And if I should confine any man to the use of any one of these Instruments (as, for a shift, any one of them will perform any kinde of work in Surveying) yet in that I should do him injury, for in many cases one Instrument may make a quicker dispatch, and be altogether as exact as another: As in laying down of a spacious businesse, I would advise [Page 38] him to use the Circumferentor or Theodolite, and for Townships and small Inclosure the Plain Table, so altering his Instrument according at the nature or quality of the ground he is to measure doth require.
These three speciall Instruments have been largely described already by divers, as namely, by Master Diggs, Master Hopten, Master Rathborne, and last of all in Planometria; yet in this place it will be very necessary to give a particular description of them again, because if any man have a desire to any particular Instrument, he may give the better directions for the making thereof.
For the description which I shall make of these three Instruments in particular, it shall be agreeable to those Instruments as they are usually made; with some small addition or alteration: But when I come to the description of the Plain Table, after that I have described it according to the vulgar way, I will then shew you a new metamorphosis of that Instrument, making it the most absolute and universall Instrument yet ever invented, so that having that one Instrument (made according to the following directions) you shall have need of no other for the due, exact, and speedy performance of any thing belonging to the Art of Surveying. The Plain Table used as the Theodolite.For, the Frame of the Table being graduated according to that description, will be an absolute Theodolite, and perform the work thereof with the same facility and exactnesse, and whatsoever may be done by the limbe of the Theodolite, the same the degrees on the frame of the Table will as well perform.
The Plain Table used as a Circumferentor.Likewise, the Index and Sights, together with the Box and Needle, being taken from the Table, and screwed to the Staffe (as in the description thereof it is so conveniently ordered) will be an absolute Circumferentor, and in some respects better then the ordinary one hereafter described, because the Sights thereof stand at a greater distance, so that thereby the visuall line may be the better directed.
The plain Table, not one, but all Instruments.And this Instrument (as now contrived) though it be called the Plain Table only, yet you see that it contains both the other, and therefore in advising any man to the use thereof chiefely, I do not confine him to one, but to all Instruments, and therefore do not contradict my former expression.
Besides, there is another great convenience which doth ensue by the degrees on the Tables frame; for, in taking the plot of a field according to the following directions by the Plain Table, you may at the same time perform the same work by the degrees on the frame of the Table, if at the drawing of every line you observe the degrees cut by the Index, and note them upon the paper. This I say is a great convenience, for at one observation you perform two works with the same labour, as in the uses of these Instruments severally will evidently appear. Many other conveniencies will redound to a Surveyor by this contrivance, which with small practise will appear of themselves.
CHAP. II. Of the Theodolite, the description thereof, and the detection of an errour frequently committed in the making thereof, with the manner how to correct the same.
THe Theodolite is an Instrument consisting of four parts principally. The first whereof is a Circle divided into 360 equall parts, called degrees, and each degree sub-divided into as many other equall parts as the largenesse of the Instrument will best permit: For the diameter of this Circle, it may be of any length, but those usually made in brasse are about twelve or fourteen inches, and the limb thereof divided as aforesaid into 360 degrees, and sub-divided into other parts by diagonall lines drawn from the outmost and inmost concentrique Circles of the limb; in the drawing of which concentrique Circles, they use to draw them equidistant, which is erroneous, as shall appear hereafter.
The second part of this Instrument is the Geometricall Square, which is described within the Circle, and the sides thereof divided into certain equall parts, but there are few of them made now with this Square, for the degrees themselves will better supply that want, it being only for taking of heights and distances. Yet if any man be desirous to have this Square upon his Instrument, there is a more convenient way to set it on then that which Master Diggs sheweth, namely, upon the limb of the Instrument, the manner how is well known to the Instrument maker.
The third part of this Instrument is the Box and Needle, so conveniently contrived to stand upon the center of the Circle, upon which center also the Index of the Instrument must turn about; and somtimes over the Box and Needle there is a Quadrant erected for the taking of heights and distances.
The fourth part of this Instrument is a Socket, to be screwed on the back side of the Instrument, to set it upon a staffe when you make use thereof. In the making of this Instrument, it were necessary to have two back Sights fixed at each end of one of the Diameters, for the readier laying out of any angle without moving of the Instrument.
Now, forasmuch as in the dividing of the Degrees of any Circumference (as of a Quadrant, Theodolite, &c.) into Minutes, they usually draw the concentrique Circles equidistant, which is false, as Master Norwood plainly demonstrateth, pag. 81. Architecture Military: but because the way which he there sheweth is Trigonometricall, and sufficiently shewn by him, I will passe that by, and shew you another way how to perform the same Geometrically, as followeth.
Let the angle BAC be a part of the circumference of any Instrument, to be divided into four equall parts by Diagonals, and let it be required to finde where the concentrique Circles E F and G must be drawn; so that lines drawn from the center A through the points E F and G, shall divide the arch BC into four equall parts. First, BD is the outward Circle of the limb of the Instrument, and HD the inward Circle, between which, the other three must be drawn concentricall (that is, upon the same center A) but not equidistant, therefore, ( by the [...] Probleme of the 1. Book) draw the arch of a Circle which shall passe through the points B D A, then divide the part of that arch which lies between B and D into four equall parts in E F and G, through which points draw the three Circles E F and G, which shall be the true Circles that must crosse your Diagonals, to divide the limb into four equall parts, whereas, if the Circles had been equidistant, the arch would have been unequally divided and this errour is frequently practised, for in the making of any Instrument, they commonly divide the distance BH or CD into four equall parts, and through them draw the concentrique Circles, whereas by the figure you see that the farther the Circles are from the center the closer they come together: but let this suffice for the correction of this Errour.
CHAP. III. The description of the Circumferentor.
THis Instrument hath been much esteemed by many, for portability thereof, it being usually made to contain in length about eight inches, in bredth four inches, and in thicknesse about three quarters of an inch; one side whereof is divided into divers equall parts, most fitly of ten or twelve in an inch; so that it may be used as the Scale of a Protractor, the Instrument it selfe being fitting to protract the [Page 41] plot on paper by help of the Needle, and the degrees of angles, and length of lines taken in the field. On the upper side of this Instrument is turned a round hole, three inches, and a halfe Diameter, and about half an inch deep, in which is placed a Card divided commonly into 120 equall parts or degrees, and each of those into three, which makes 360 answerable to the degrees of the Theodolite, in which Card is also a Diall drawn to finde the hour of the day, and Azimuth of the Sun; within the Box, is hanged a Needle touched with a Load-stone, and covered over with a cleer glasse to preserve it from the weather.
On the upper part of this Instrument is also described a Table of naturall Sines, collected answerable to the Card in the box, that is to say, if the Card be divided but into 120 parts, the Sines must be so also; but if into 360, the Sines must be the absolute degrees of the Quadrant.
To this Instrument also belongeth two Sights, one double in length to the other, the longest containing about seven inches, being placed and divided in all respects, as those hereafter mentioned in the description of the Plain Table. On the edge of the shorter Sight toward the upper part thereof, is placed a small Wyer representing the Center of a supposed Circle, the Semidiameter whereof is the distance from the Wyer to the edge of the Instrument underneath the same, which parts is imaginarily divided into sixty equall parts, and according to those divisions is the right line of divisions on the edge of the Instrument divided, and numbered by 5, 10, 15, from the perpendicular point to the end thereof: And also from the same point on the upper edge of the Instrument is perfected the degrees of the Quadrant, supplying the residue of those which could not be expressed on the long Sight, from 28 to 90 by tens.
There is also belonging to these divisions a little Ruler, at one end whereof is a little hole to put it upon the wyer, on the edge of the shorter Sight; and at the other end of this Ruler is placed a small Sight, directly over the siduciall edge thereof; which edge is likewise divided according to those divisions on the edge of the Instrument. To this short Sight is added a plummet to set the Instrument horizontall. And this short Ruler, with the divisions thereof, and those on the edge of the Instrument serve for taking of altitudes chiefly, and for the reducing of hypothenusall to horizontal lines.
CHAP. IV. A Description of the Plain Table, how it hath been formerly made, and how it is now altered, it being the most absolute Instrument of any other for a Surveyor to use, in that it performeth whatsoever may be done either by the Theodolite, Circumferentor, or any other Instrument, with the same ease and exactnesse.
THe Table it selfe is a Parallelogram, containing in length about fourteen inches and a halfe, and in bredth eleven inches: it is composed of three severall boards, which may be taken asunder for ease and convenience in carriage. For the binding of these three boards fast when the Table is set together, there belongeth a joynted frame, so contrived, that it may be taken off, and put on the Table at pleasure: this frame also is to fasten a sheet of paper upon the Table, when you are to describe the plot of any field, or other inclosure by the Table. This frame must have upon it, neer the inward edge, Scales of equall parts on both sides, for the speedy drawing of parallel lines upon the paper; and also for the shifting of your paper, when one sheet will not hold your whole work.
Unto this Table belongeth a Ruler or Index, containing in length about sixteen inches or more, it being full as long as from angle to angle of your Table, it ought to be about two inches in bredth, and one third part of an inch in thicknesse. Upon this Ruler or Index two Sights must be placed; one whereof is double in length to the other, the longer containing in length about twelve inches, the other six: on the top of this shorter Sight is placed a brasse pin, and also a thred and plummet to place your Instrument horizontall. Through the longer Sight must be made a slit, almost the whole length thereof, These two sights thus prepared, are to be perpendicularly erected upon the Index; in such sort, that the Wyer on the top of the shorter Sight, and the slit on the longer Sight stand precisely over the fiduciall edge of the Index. The space or distance of these two Sights one from the other, is to be equall to the divided part of the longer Sight. Upon the longer Sight is to be placed a Vane of brasse, to be moved up and down at pleasure, through which a small hole is to be made, answerable to the slit in the same Sight, and the edge of the Vane.
By these Sights thus placed on the Index there is projected the Geometricall Square, whose side is the divided part of the long [Page 43] Sight (or the distance between the two Sights.) In the middle of the long Sight (through the whole bredth thereof) there is drawn a line called the line of Level, dividing the side of the projected Square into two equall parts: also the same side is on this Sight divided into a hundred equall parts, which are numbered upwards and downwards, from the line of Levell, by fives and tens to fifty, on either side, which divisions are called the Scale.
There is also on the same Sight another sort of division, representing the hypothenusall Lines of the same Square, as they increase by Unites, and are likewise numbered upwards and downwards from the line of Levell, from one to twelve, by 1, 2, 3, &c. sometimes signifying 101, 102, 103, &c. these divisions shew how much any hypothenusall or slope line drawn over the same Square, exceedeth the direct horizontall line, being the side of the same Square.
On this Sight there is a third sort of divisions, representing the degrees of a Quadrant (or as many as the same sight is capaple to receive, which are about 25) numbered from the line of Levell upward and downward by fives and tens to 25, which divisions are called the Quadrant.
Unto this Instrument, as unto all others belong these necessary parts, as the Socket, the Staffe, the Box, and Needle, &c.
¶ According to this description, have Plain Tables formerly been made, but if unto it be added these additionall parts and alterations (which make it lesse cumbersome then before) it will be the most exact, absolute and universall Instrument for a Surveyour that was ever yet invented.
First, Let the frame be so fitted to the Table, that it may go on easily either side being upwards; so that as one side is divided into equall parts, (as in the description) the other side may have projected upon it the 180 degrees of a Semicircle, from a Center noted in the superficies of the Table, which degrees must be numbered from the left hand towards the right (when the Center is next to you) by fives and tens to 180, and then beginning again, set 190, and so successively to 360. These degrees thus inserted are of excellent use in wet or stormy weather, when you cannot keep a sheet of paper upon your Table, either in respect of rain or winde. Also these degrees will make the Plain Table to be an absolute Theodolite, so that you may work with these degrees as if they were the degrees of a Theodolite.
Secondly, Upon the Index or Ruler before spoken of, (instead of the Sights before described) let there be placed two Sights, both of one length, and back-sighted; one having a slit below, and a threed above; and the other, a slit above, and a threed below, serving to look backward and forward at pleasure without turning about the Instrument, when the Needle is at quiet. The expedition that these back-sights will make, will best appear by practise; for using these [Page 44] you shall need (in going about a field) to plant your Instrument but at every second angle.
Thirdly, for the ready taking of heights, and the reducing of Hypothenusall to Horizontall lines (instead of the divisions on the Sights before mentioned) let there be projected a Tangent line along the side of the Ruler, whose divisions must touch the very edge thereof, so that a Label or Ruler of Box or Brasse, which is hanged on a pin sticking in the side of one of the Back-sights, and having another small Sight at the end thereof, may move justly along the side of the Index; then (the Instrument standing horizontall) if you look through this small Sight, and by the Pin on which the Label hangeth, moving the Label too and fro, till you espie the mark you look at, then will the Labell shew you what Degree of the Tangent line is cut thereby. This one line thus projected upon the side of the Ruler performeth all the uses of those divided Sights, and is far better, and lesse cumbersome then them or a Quadrant, (such as I formerly described in Planometria) because the degrees are larger. This line of Tangents is projected on the Index from the foot of the farthermost Sight, all along the Ruler to the foot of the nethermost Sight, and up the side thereof and is numbred from 1 to 90, by 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, &c. ending at the foot of the furthermost Sight; from whence the line proceeded.
The use of this line of Tangents in taking of Heights is shewed in the fourth Book, & is used with the Tables of Sines and Logarithms treated of in the third Book, without which Tables, (or something equivalent thereunto) this line of Tangents will be of little use, therefore it will be convenient to have upon the Index of your Table the lines of Artificiall Numbers, Sines, and Tangents, by which you may work any proportion required very speedily and exactly, so that if you be destitute of your Tables, these Lines will sufficiently help you.
There is yet another way by which you may take any altitude, or reduce Hypothenusall to Horizontall lines, only by Vulgar Arithmetick, without the help of Tables, by having a line of equall parts divided on the edge of the Index, and another line of the same equall parts on the Label, by which lines, and Vulgar Arithmetick, an Altitude may very well be taken.
Now because I intend only to shew in generall the use of these equall parts, I will therefore do it in this place, because I shall have occasion to speak no more thereof hereafter: The use thereof (briefely) is thus.
Suppose that the line AB were some Hill or Tower, whose Altitude you require; standing at C, and looking through the Sights in your Label till you espie the top of the Tower at A, there finding the Label to cut 230 of the equall parts; then measuring the distance from your station at C, to the foot of the Tower at B, you finde it to contain 650 foot, then to finde the altitude AB, say,
- [Page 45]As 230, the parts cut by the Labell,
- Is to 100;
- So is 650, the measured distance CB,
- To 282 14/23, the Altitude AB.
Therefore, multiply 650 by 100, and divide that Product by 230, the Quotient will be 282 14/23, for the altitude AB.
Now for the reducing of Hypothenusall to Horizontall lines, having measured the Hypothenusall line with your Chain, the proportion will be:
- As the equall parts cut on the Label,
- Are to the equall parts cut on the Index;
- So is the length of the Hypothenusall line measured,
- To the length of the Horizontall line required.
I thought good to give the Reader a view of the severall wayes there are to perform these conclusions, leaving every man at liberty to use that which he best liketh, or all if he please, for all the lines may very well be put upon one Instrument without any confusion of lines: but the way which I shall chiefly insist upon in the prosecuting of this Work, shall be by the line of Tangents, as being (in my opinion) the best of all. Now when I come to shew you the use of this line of Tangents, with the Tables of Sines and Logarithms in the resolving of Triangles, I will also shew you how to perform the same Propositions by the lines of Artificiall Numbers, Sines, and Tangents, and therefore I would advise every man to have these so necessary lines upon his Index.
Fourthly, Unto this Instrument also belongeth a Box and Needle, which is to be fastned to the side of the Table by help of two screws, so that it may be taken off and put on at pleasure. In the bottome of this Box must be placed a Card divided into 360 degrees numbered (if you please) after the usuall manner, from the North Eastward, but the Card by which all the Examples in this Book [Page 46] were framed was numbered from the North Westward by 10, 20, 30, &c. to 360, contrary to the common custome.
There belongeth also to this Instrument a Socket of Brasse to be screwed on the back side of the Table, into which must be put the head of the three legg'd Staffe; this Staffe ought to be joynted in the middle, so that it may be the more portable▪ For the Socket, it may be a plain one, but a Ball and Socket with an endlesse screw is the best of all, for by help thereof you may place the Table (or any other Instrument) either Horizontall, Verticall, or in any other position.
¶ Note, that this Instrument (if made according to these directions) is the most absolute Instrument for a Surveyor to use.
CHAP. V. Of Chains, the severall sorts thereof.
OF Chains there are divers sorts, as namely, Foot Chains, each link containing a Foot or 12 Inches, and so the whole Pole or Perch will contain 16½ Links or Feet, answering to the Statute denomination.
Some Chains have each Pole divided into 10 equall parts, and these are called Decimall Chains, and this grosse division may be convenient in some practises.
The Chains now used, and most esteemed amongst Surveyors, are especially two, namely, that generally used by Master Rathborne, which hath every Perch divided into 100 Links: and that of Master Gunter, which hath four Poles divided into 100 Links, so that each Link of Master Gunters Chain, is as long as four of Master Rathborns.
Now because these Chains are most esteemed of and used by Surveyors, I will therefore make a generall description of them both, leaving every man at liberty to take his choise.
Of M r. RATHBORNS Chain.
THe Chain which Master Rathborne ordinarily used (as himselfe saith) contained in length two Statute Poles or Perches, each Pole containing in length 16½ feet, which is 198 Inches, then each Pole was divided into 10 equall parts called Primes, every of which contained in length 19 [...] Inches; again, every of those Primes was sub-divided into 10 other equall parts called Seconds, so that every of these Seconds contained in length 1 49/50 Inch, so that the whole Pole, Perch, Unite, or Commencement (as he calleth it) was divided into 130 equall parts or Links, called Seconds.
The Chain (or one Pole thereof) being thus divided, at the end of every 50 Links or halfe Pole, let a large Curtain ring be fastned, [Page 47] so shall you have in a whole Chain of two Perches long, three of these Rings, the middlemost being the division of the two Poles. Then at the end of every Prime, that is, at the end of every ten Links, let a smaller Curtain Ring be fastened.
By this distinction of Rings, the Chain is divided into these three denominations, Unites, Primes, and Seconds, whose Characters are these, ◯ · ·, so that if you would expresse 40 Unites, 8 Primes, and 7 Seconds, they are thus to be written, 408̇7̇, by which you may perceive that those Figures which have no pricks over them are Unites or Intigers, and the figure under the first point Primes, and under the next Seconds: so also, three Unites, seven Primes, and two Seconds, will stand thus, 37̇2̇.
Besides these divisions, Master Rathborn for his own use, sewed at the end of every two Primes and a halfe (which is a quarter of a Pole) a small red cloth, and at every seven Primes and a halfe (being three quarters of a Pole) the like of yellow, or other discernable colour, which much helped him in the ready reckoning of the several Rings upon the Chain, remembring this Rule: That if it be the next Ring short of the Red, it is two Primes, if the next over three, if the next short of the yellow, seven Primes; if the next over eight; if the next short of the great halfe Ring it is four, the next over six: and if the next short of the middle great Ring, it is nine, and if the next over one.
¶ But here is to be noted, that if you use this distinction by colours, you must alwayes work with one end of the Chain from you.
This Chain being thus divided and marked, you have every whole Pole equall to ten Primes, or 100 Seconds: every three quarters of a Pole, equall to seven Primes and a halfe, or 75 Seconds: every halfe Pole equall to five Primes, or 50 Seconds: and lastly, every quarter of a Pole equall to two Primes and a halfe, or 25 Seconds.
And here is to be noted, that in the ordinary use of this Chain, for measuring and platting, you need take notice only of Unites and Primes, which is exact enough for ordinary use, but in case that separation or division of Lands into severall parts, you may make use of Seconds.
Of M r. GUNTERS Chain.
AS every Pole of Master Rathborns Chain was divided into 100 Links, so Master Gunters whole Chain (which is alwayes made to contain four Poles) is divided into 100 Links, one of these Links being four times the length of the other. Now if this Chain be made according to the Statute, each Perch to contain 16½ Feet, then each Link of this Chain will contain 7 Inches, and 92/100 of an Inch, and the whole Chain 729 Inches, or 66 Foot.
In measuring with this Chain, you are to take notice only of [Page 48] Chains and Links, as saying such a line measured by the Chain contains 72 Chains 48 Links, which you may expresse more briefely thus, 72,48, and these are all the Denominations which are necessary to be taken notice of in Surveying of Land.
For the ready counting of the Links of this Chain, there ought to be these distinctions, namely, In the middle thereof, which is at two Poles end, let there be hanged a large Ring, or rather a plate of brasse like a Rhombus, so is the whole Chain (by this plate) divided into two equall parts.
Secondly, Let each of these two parts be divided into two other equall parts, by smaller Rings or Circular plates of brasse, so shall the whole Chain be divided into four equall parts or Perches, each Perch containing 25 Links.
Thirdly, At every ten Links let be fastened a lesser Ring then the former, or else a Plate of some other fashion, as a Semicircle, or the like. And lastly, at every fift link (if you please) may be fastened other marks, so by this means you shall most easily and exactly count the Links of your Chain without any trouble. The Chain being thus distinguished, it mattereth not which end thereof be carryed forward, because the notes of distinction proceed alike on both sides from the middle of the Chain.
¶ Here note, that in all the examples in this Book, the lines are supposed to be measured by this four Pole Chain of Master Gunter, it being the best of any other: the manner how to cast up the content of any plot measured therewith shall be hereafter taught in its due place.
Cautions to be observed in the use of any Chain.
IN measuring a large distance with your Chain, you may casually mistake or misse a Chain or two in keeping your account, from whence will ensue a considerable errour: Also in measuring of distances (when you go not along by a hedge side) you can hardly keepe your Instrument, Chain, and Mark, in a right line, which if you do not, you must necessarily make your measured distance greater then in reality it is. For the avoyding of either of these mistakes, you ought to provide ten small sticks or Arrows, which let him that leadeth the Chain carry in his hand before, and at the end of every Chain, stick one of these Arrows into the ground, which let him that followeth the Chain take up, so going on till the whole number of Arrows be spent, and then you may conclude that you have measured ten Chains, without any further trouble, and these ten Chains (if the distance you are to measure be large) you may call a Change, and so you may denominate every large distance by Changes, Chains, and Links. Or you may at the end of every ten Chains set up another kinde of stick, by which (standing at the Instrument) you may see whether your eye, the stick, and the Mark to which you are to measure be in a right line or not, and accordingly guide those [Page 49] that carry the Chain, with the more exactnesse to direct it to the Mark intended.
How to reduce any number of Chains and Links, into Feet.
IN the practise of many Geometricall Conclusions, as in the taking of Heights and Distances, hereafter taught, it is requisite to give your measure (in such cases) in Feet or Yards, and not in Poles or Perches; yet because your Chain is the most necessary Instrument to measure withall, I thought it convenient in this place to shew you how to reduce any number of Chains and Links into Feet, which is thus.
Multiply your number of Chains and Links together as one whole number, by 66, cutting off from the product the two last figures towards the right hand, so shall the rest of the product be Feet, and the two figures cut off shall be hundred parts of a Foot.
EXAMPLE.
Let it be required to know how many Feet are contained in 5 Chains, 32 Links. First, Set down your 5 Chains, 32 Links as is before taught, and as you see in the first Example, with a Comma between the Chains and Links, then multiplying this 5 Chains, 32 Links by 66, the product will be 35112, from which, cut off the two last figures toward the right hand with a Comma, then will the number be 351,12, which is 351 Feet and 12/100 parts of a foot, and so many Feet are contained in 5 Chains, 32 Links.
5,32 |
66 |
3192 |
3192 |
351,12 |
9,05 |
66 |
5430 |
5430 |
597,30 |
But let the number of Chains be what they will, if the number of Links be lesse then 10, as in the second Example it is 9 Chains 5 Links, you must place a Cypher before the five Links as there you see, and then multiplying that number ( viz. 9,05) by 66, the product will be 59730, from which taking the two last figures, there will remain 597 Feet, and [...]/100 parts of a Foot. The like may be done for any other number of Chains and Links whatsoever.
According to these Examples is made the Table following, which sheweth how many Feet are contained in any number of Chains and Links, from 5 Links to 10 Chains, for every fift Link, which is sufficient for ordinary use, by which Table you may see that [Page 50] in 6 Chains 40 Links, is contained 422 Feet, and 40/100 of a Foot, Also in 5 Chains 55 Links is contained 366 Feet, and 30/100 parts of a Foot: and so of any other.
0 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 7 | |
0 | 66,00 | 132,00 | 198,00 | 264,00 | 330,00 | 396,00 | 462,00 | |
5 | 3,30 | 69,30 | 135,30 | 201,30 | 267,30 | 333,30 | 399,30 | 465,30 |
10 | 6,60 | 72,60 | 138,60 | 204,60 | 270,60 | 336,60 | 402,60 | 468,60 |
15 | 9,90 | 75,90 | 141,90 | 207,90 | 273,90 | 339,90 | 405,90 | 471,90 |
20 | 13,20 | 79,20 | 145,20 | 211,20 | 277,20 | 343,20 | 409,20 | 475,20 |
25 | 16,50 | 82,50 | 148,50 | 214,50 | 280,50 | 346,50 | 412,50 | 478,50 |
30 | 19,80 | 85,80 | 151,80 | 217,80 | 283,80 | 349,80 | 415,80 | 481,80 |
35 | 23,10 | 89,10 | 155,10 | 221,10 | 287,10 | 353,10 | 419,10 | 485,10 |
40 | 26,40 | 92,40 | 158,40 | 224,40 | 290,40 | 356,40 | 422,40 | 488,40 |
45 | 29,70 | 95,70 | 161,70 | 227,70 | 293,70 | 359,70 | 425,70 | 491,70 |
50 | 33,00 | 99,00 | 165,00 | 231,00 | 297,00 | 363,00 | 429,00 | 495,00 |
55 | 36,30 | 102,30 | 168,30 | 234,30 | 300,30 | 366,30 | 432,30 | 498,30 |
60 | 39,60 | 105,60 | 171,60 | 237,60 | 303,60 | 369,60 | 435,60 | 501,60 |
65 | 42,90 | 108,90 | 174,90 | 240,90 | 306,90 | 372,90 | 438,90 | 504,90 |
70 | 46,20 | 112,20 | 178,20 | 244,20 | 310,20 | 376,20 | 442,20 | 508,20 |
75 | 49,50 | 115,50 | 181,50 | 247,50 | 313,50 | 379,50 | 445,50 | 511,50 |
80 | 52,80 | 118,80 | 184,80 | 250,80 | 316,80 | 382,80 | 448,80 | 514,80 |
85 | 56,10 | 122,10 | 188,10 | 254,10 | 320,10 | 386,10 | 452,10 | 518,10 |
90 | 59,40 | 125,40 | 191,40 | 257,40 | 323,40 | 389,40 | 455,40 | 521,40 |
95 | 62,70 | 128,70 | 194,70 | 260,70 | 326,70 | 392,70 | 458,70 | 524,70 |
CHAP. VI. Of the Protractor.
A Protractor is an Instrument by which you may Protract or lay down upon paper or otherwise, the true symetry or proportion of any field, having made observation of the sides and angles thereof by some of the Instruments before described. This Instrument consisteth of two parts, the one is a Semicircle divided into degrees, as is the frame of the Table, and the other is a Scale divided into equall parts, the Semicircle being to lay down the angles, and the Scale to plot the sides. This Instrument ought to be made of a piece of thin brasse well polished, the edges thereof being very smooth, and the Scale thereof, namely, the right angled Parallelogram, or long square containing in length from A to B about 4 Inches and three quarters, and in breadth from A to C about one and a halfe. Let the two ends of the Scale, [Page 51]
namely, the sides AC and BD be divided into equall parts of 16 or 20 in an Inch, and let the side CD be divided according to a Scale of 10 or 12 in an Inch.
The Scale being thus divided, on the middle of the line AB, as at H, describe the Semicircle EGF, which divide into two Quadrants in the point G, by help of the perpendicular HG: then divide each of those Quadrants into 90 equall parts called degrees, so shall the whole Semicircle contain 180 degrees, which must be numbered by 10, 20, 30, 40, &c. to 180, from E by G to F, and the same way also from 180 to 360, as you see done in the Figure, the numbers of the first Semicircle from 00 to 180 being for the East side of the Protractor, and the other numbers from 180 to 360 for the West side.
Now you are to note, that the line AB alwayes representeth the Meridian line, and is somtimes noted with the letters S and N, for South and North, but then it is necessary that the Protractor be divided on either side the plate, which this double numbering avoydeth: for the line AB being taken for the Meridian in generall, the Semicircle of the Protractor may be turned any way (either upward or downward) and so one Semicircle being divided will be sufficient; yet if any man be desirous, he may have it made according to his own fancie, but this manner of numbering (in my opinion) is the best, it being most agreeable to your Instruments.
To use with this Protractor in protracting, you must provide a fine needle, put into a piece of Box or Ivory neatly turned, this will serve to fix in your center, note your degrees, and for other uses in drawing your Plot, and is called a Protracting pin.
CHAP. VII. Of Scales.
FOr the ready laying down of lines and angles according to any assigned quantity, you must provide divers Scales. The Scales now ordinarily used by Surveyors, are principally two: First, of equall parts, for the protracting of lines: and Secondly, of Chords, for the protracting of angles. Unto these may be added, Thirdly, a Diagonall Scale, which is (indeed) no other then a Scale of equall parts more scrupulously divided. If you desire a convenient Scale, let it be made in this manner, to contain in length about 8 or 9 Inches, & in breadth one Inch and a quarter: on one side thereof let be placed divers Scales, as of 10, 11, 12, 16, 20, 24, and 30 in an Inch.
¶ Here is to be noted, that when I say a Scale of 12 in an Inch, you are to understand a part of a line divided into 10 equall parts, 12 of which parts would make [Page 53] an Inch, and the like is to be understood of any other number of equall parts whatsoever.
On the same side of the Ruler let be placed a line of Chords extended up to 90, and numbered as you see in the figure, by 10, 20, 30, &c. to 90. This Scale will be of good use for many purposes, as to divide the circumference of a Circle, and to protract angles, in some cases better then the Protractor.
On the other side of the Ruler let be drawn a Diagonall Scale, of 10 in an Inch, which will be an excellent Scale for large Plots, out of which you may very well take the hundred part of an Inch, and this Scale will agree with your four Pole Chain exceeding well, for as your whole Chain contains 100 Links, so each Inch of this Scale contains 100 parts, so that out of it you may take any number measured by your Chain, to a Link, and lay it down upon paper. You may also have halfe an Inch divided into 100 parts, which Scale will be of good use also to lay down a small Plot.
These Scales are many times put upon the Index of the Plain Table, because they should be ready at hand when you survey by the Table, and plot your work as you go; but if you use the degrees on the Frame of the Table, or the Circumferentor, and keepe your account in a Book, then I would advise you to have your Scale of Brasse or Box neatly and exactly divided.
To use with this Scale, you must provide a pair of neat Compasses of Brasse, with steel points, filed very small, and also a neat pair of Compasses with three points, and Screws to alter the points, so that you may draw lines or Circles with black lead, or any coloured Inke, which will be very necessary and convenient in beautifying of your Plots after Protraction.
CHAP. VIII. Of a Field-Book.
IT will be sufficient in this place only to describe the manner how a Field-Book ought to be ruled: Let the Book contain any quantity of paper, more or lesse, and in what volume you please. Let it be ruled, towards the left Margine of every page, with five lines in red inke, so shall you have four Columns, in the first whereof you must note down the degrees cut either by the Index on the frame of the Table, or else by the Needle on the Card, at every angle you observe, and the second Column is to note the minutes or parts of a Degree, for you are to note, that every degree on the frame of the Table, or in the Card of the Circumferentor, is supposed to be divided into 60 other parts called Minutes, which cannot be expressed by reason of the smallnesse of the Instruments, and therefore must only be estimated, yet if your Instrument be large enough, you may have each degree [Page 54] divided into 3 equall parts, so shall every part contain 20 minutes. The other two Columns serve to note down the lengths measured by your Chain, as the Chains & Links.
Degrees. | Minutes | Chains | Links. |
326 | 45 | 16 | 87 |
Now suppose that making any observation in the Field either with the Degrees on the frame of the Table, or with the Circumferentor, and that observing any angle, (as is hereafter taught) you finde the Index of the Plain Table, or the Needle in the Circumferentor, to cut 326 degrees, 45 minutes, these 326 degrees must be set down in the first Column of your Field-Book, and the 45 minutes in the second Column, as you see bere done. Also if you measure any length in the Field with your Chain, as suppose some distance measured to contain 16 Chains, 87 Links, the 16 Chains must be set in the third Column, and the 87 Links in the fourth Column, under their respective Titles, as you see here done.
CHAP. IX. Of Instruments for Reducing of Plots.
FOr the reducing of Plots from one forme to another, there hath been divers Instruments invented by divers men. One that performeth that work very well, is a Ruler, having fixed at each end thereof a Semicircle divided into degrees, and another Ruler having two Semicircles to move thereon, upon the centers of all these Semicircles there are thin rulers of Brasse to move from angle to angle of your Plot: but the manner of working by these Semicircles being very tedious, I passe it over. Another way is by having certain proportionall Scales upon one and the same Ruler as Master Rathborn describeth, but this I shall also wave, and likewise that which I described in Planometria, as being too particular The best and most absolute is a Parallelogram, the making whereof is well known to the Instrument-maker.
THE COMPLEAT SURVEYOR. The Third Book.
[Page 57]TRIGONOMETRIE.
THis Third Book is as it were a Key to those that follow, the subject whereof is Trigonometry. Now forasmuch as the whole Art of measuring heights and distances, and plotting and protracting of Land, and all other lineall and superficiall dimensions are grounded upon the resolution of Plain Triangles, I hold it convenient (before I come to the practise of Surveying, or to shew the use of any Instrument in taking of heights and distances) to say somthing concerning Plain [Page 56] Triangles (at least so much as is necessary for a Surveyor to know) though that subject be already handled by divers able Mathematicians already, whose Works are extant: viz. Pitiscus, Snelius, the Lord Nepair, Master Gunter, Master Norwood, Master Gellibrand, &c. Now because the readiest way of resolving Triangles is by Signes, Tangents, and Logarithmes, I have therefore added brief Tables for that purpose, viz. a Table of Sines to every tenth minute of the Quadrant, and a Table of Logarithmes from 1, to 1000, which will be large enough for ordinary use in Surveying, but those who desire to make a further scrutiny into Trigonometry, may peruse the forementioned Authours. In this Book I have only insisted upon such Cases as may come in use in Surveying, and therefore have omitted divers, yet those which I have insisted on, are performed both by the Tables following in this Book, and also by the Lines of Artificiall Numbers, Sines and Tangents before spoken of in the description of the Index of the Plain Table in the last Book.
CHAP. I. The Elplanation and Ʋse of the Table of SINES.
BEfore I come to the mensuration of Triangles, it will be necessary to explain and shew the use of the Tables of Sines and Logarithms following, by which Tables the sides or angles of right lined Triangles may be readily and exactly measured, so that in any plain Triangle, if there be any three parts thereof given, a fourth may be easily discovered.
The Table of Sines consisteth of two Rows or Columns, the first whereof sheweth the Degrees and Minutes of the Quadrant, having over the head thereof these two letters, D. M, standing for Degrees and Minutes: In the second Column is the Artificiall Sines answering to every Degree, and 10 th Minute of the Quadrant, having the word Sine over the head thereof. The use of this Table will appear by the following Propositions.
PROP. I. Any Degree and Minute being given, to finde the Sine thereof.
FIrst, Seeke the Degree and minute in the first Columne of the Table, under D. M. and right against it, in the next Column towards the right hand, under the word Sine, you shall have your desire.
[Page 58] EXAMPLE. I.
Suppose it were required to finde the Sine of 20 degrees, First, you must seeke 20 in the first Column of the Table under D. M. and right against 20 in the second Column under the word Sine, you shall finde 9,534052, which is the Sine of 20 Degrees.
In the same manner you shall finde the Sine of 50 degrees to be 9,884254, and the Sine of 76 degrees to be 9,986904.
EXAMPLE. II.
Let it be required to finde the Sine of 40 degrees, 30 minutes. First, you must finde 40 30 (which is 40 degrees 30 minutes) in the first Column, under the letters D. M. and against it you shall finde 9,812544, which is the Sine of 40 degrees, 30 minutes.
Also the Sine of 62 degrees 10 minutes, will be found to be 9,946604, and the Sine of 86 degrees 30 minutes will be 9,999189, and in this manner may you finde the artificiall Sine of any number of Degrees and minutes expressed in the Table.
PROP. II. Any Sine being given, to finde the number of degrees and minutes thereunto belonging.
EXAMPLE.
LEt 9,866470 be a Sine given, and let it be required to finde the degree and minute of the Quadrant answering thereunto. First, seeke in the second Column amongst the Sines for 9,866470, and against it (on the left hand) you shall finde 47 degrees 20 minutes, which is the arch of the Quadrant answering thereunto.
Again, Let it be required to finde the arch answering to this Sine 9,821264, having found 9,821264 in the second Column under the word Sine, against it you shall finde 41 degrees 30 min. and that is the arch of degree answering thereunto.
¶ But in case you have a number given which you cannot exactly finde in the Table, you must then instead thereof, take the neerest in the Table. As if your number given were 9,675859, if you looke in the Table for this number it cannot be found there, but the neerest thereunto is 9,676328, which is the Sine of 28 degrees 20 minutes, which you must take instead thereof.
D. | M. | Sines |
0 | 0 | 0,000000 |
10 | 7,463726 | |
20 | 7,764754 | |
30 | 7,940842 | |
40 | 8,065776 | |
50 | 8,162681 | |
1 | 0 | 8,241855 |
10 | 8,308794 | |
20 | 8,366777 | |
30 | 8,417919 | |
40 | 8,463665 | |
50 | 8,505045 | |
2 | 0 | 8,542819 |
10 | 8,577566 | |
20 | 8,609734 | |
30 | 8,639679 | |
40 | 8,667689 | |
50 | 8,693998 | |
3 | 0 | 8,718800 |
10 | 8,742259 | |
20 | 8,764511 | |
30 | 8,785675 | |
40 | 8,805852 | |
50 | 8,825130 | |
4 | 0 | 8,843584 |
10 | 8,861283 | |
20 | 8,878285 | |
30 | 8,894643 | |
40 | 8,910404 | |
50 | 8,925609 | |
5 | 0 | 8,940296 |
10 | 8,954499 | |
20 | 8,968249 | |
30 | 8,981573 | |
40 | 8,994497 | |
50 | 9,007044 | |
6 | 0 | 9,019235 |
10 | 9,031089 | |
20 | 9,042625 | |
30 | 9,053859 | |
40 | 9,064806 | |
50 | 9,075480 | |
7 | 0 | 9,085894 |
10 | 9,096062 | |
20 | 9,105992 | |
30 | 9,115698 | |
40 | 9,125187 | |
50 | 9,134470 | |
8 | 0 | 9,143555 |
10 | 9,152451 | |
20 | 9,161164 | |
30 | 9,169702 | |
40 | 9,178072 | |
50 | 9,186280 | |
9 | 0 | 9,194332 |
10 | 9,202234 | |
20 | 9,209992 | |
30 | 9,217609 | |
40 | 9,225092 | |
50 | 9,232444 | |
10 | 0 | 9,239670 |
10 | 9,246795 | |
20 | 9,253761 | |
30 | 9,260633 | |
40 | 9,267395 | |
50 | 9,274049 | |
11 | 0 | 9,280599 |
10 | 9,287048 | |
20 | 9,293399 | |
30 | 9,299655 | |
40 | 9,305819 | |
50 | 9,311899 | |
12 | 0 | 9,317879 |
10 | 9,323780 | |
20 | 9,319599 | |
30 | 9,335337 | |
40 | 9,340996 | |
50 | 9,346579 | |
13 | 0 | 9,352088 |
10 | 9,357524 | |
20 | 9,362889 | |
30 | 9,368185 | |
40 | 9,373414 | |
50 | 9,378577 | |
14 | 0 | 9,383675 |
10 | 9,388711 | |
20 | 9,393685 | |
30 | 9,398600 | |
40 | 9,403455 | |
50 | 9,408254 | |
15 | 0 | 9,412996 |
10 | 9,417684 | |
20 | 9,422317 | |
30 | 9,426899 | |
40 | 9,431429 | |
50 | 9,435918 | |
16 | 0 | 9,440338 |
10 | 9,444720 | |
20 | 9,449054 | |
30 | 9,453342 | |
40 | 9,457584 | |
50 | 9,461782 | |
17 | 0 | 9,465935 |
10 | 9,460446 | |
20 | 9,474115 | |
30 | 9,478142 | |
40 | 9,482128 | |
50 | 9,486075 | |
18 | 0 | 9,489982 |
10 | 9,493851 | |
20 | 9,497682 | |
30 | 9,501476 | |
40 | 9,505234 | |
50 | 9,508955 | |
19 | 0 | 9,512642 |
10 | 9,516294 | |
20 | 9,519911 | |
30 | 9,523495 | |
40 | 9,527046 | |
50 | 9,530565 | |
20 | 0 | 9,534052 |
10 | 9,537507 | |
20 | 9,540931 | |
30 | 9,544325 | |
40 | 9,547689 | |
50 | 9,551024 | |
21 | 0 | 9,554329 |
10 | 9,557606 | |
20 | 9,560855 | |
30 | 9,564075 | |
40 | 9,567269 | |
50 | 9,570435 | |
22 | 0 | 9,573575 |
10 | 9,576689 | |
20 | 9,579777 | |
30 | 9,582840 | |
40 | 9,585877 | |
50 | 9,588890 | |
23 | 0 | 9,591878 |
10 | 9,594842 | |
20 | 9,597783 | |
30 | 9,600700 | |
40 | 9,603594 | |
50 | 9,606465 | |
[Page 60]24 | 0 | 9,609313 |
10 | 9,612148 | |
20 | 9,614944 | |
30 | 9,617727 | |
40 | 9,620488 | |
50 | 9,623229 | |
25 | 0 | 9,625948 |
10 | 9,628647 | |
20 | 9,631326 | |
30 | 9,633984 | |
40 | 9,636623 | |
50 | 9,639242 | |
26 | 0 | 9,641842 |
10 | 9,644423 | |
20 | 9,646984 | |
30 | 9,649527 | |
40 | 9,652052 | |
50 | 9,654558 | |
27 | 0 | 9,657047 |
10 | 9,659517 | |
20 | 9,661970 | |
30 | 9,664406 | |
40 | 9,666824 | |
50 | 9,669225 | |
28 | 0 | 9,671609 |
10 | 9,673977 | |
20 | 9,676328 | |
30 | 9,678663 | |
40 | 9,680982 | |
50 | 9,683284 | |
29 | 0 | 9,685571 |
10 | 9,687842 | |
20 | 9,690098 | |
30 | 9,692339 | |
40 | 9,694564 | |
50 | 9,696774 | |
30 | 0 | 9,698970 |
10 | 9,701151 | |
20 | 9,703317 | |
30 | 9,705469 | |
40 | 9,707606 | |
50 | 9,709730 | |
31 | 0 | 9,711839 |
10 | 9,713935 | |
20 | 9,716017 | |
30 | 9,718085 | |
40 | 9,720140 | |
50 | 9,722181 | |
32 | 0 | 9,724210 |
10 | 9,726225 | |
20 | 9,728227 | |
30 | 9,730216 | |
40 | 9,732193 | |
50 | 9,734157 | |
33 | 0 | 9,736109 |
10 | 9,738048 | |
20 | 9,739975 | |
30 | 9,741889 | |
40 | 9,743792 | |
50 | 9,745683 | |
34 | 0 | 9,747562 |
10 | 9,749429 | |
20 | 9,751284 | |
30 | 9,753128 | |
40 | 9,754960 | |
50 | 9,756781 | |
35 | 0 | 9,758591 |
10 | 9,760390 | |
20 | 9,762177 | |
30 | 9,763954 | |
40 | 9,765720 | |
50 | 9,767474 | |
36 | 0 | 9,769219 |
10 | 9,770952 | |
20 | 9,772675 | |
30 | 9,774388 | |
40 | 9,776090 | |
50 | 9,777781 | |
37 | 0 | 9,779463 |
10 | 9,781134 | |
20 | 9,782796 | |
30 | 9,784447 | |
40 | 9,786088 | |
50 | 9,787720 | |
38 | 0 | 9,789342 |
10 | 9,790954 | |
20 | 9,792557 | |
30 | 9,794149 | |
40 | 9,795733 | |
50 | 9,797307 | |
39 | 0 | 9,798872 |
10 | 9,800427 | |
20 | 9,801973 | |
30 | 9,803510 | |
40 | 9,805038 | |
50 | 9,806557 | |
40 | 0 | 9,808067 |
10 | 9,809569 | |
20 | 9,810061 | |
30 | 9,812544 | |
40 | 9,814019 | |
50 | 9,815485 | |
41 | 0 | 9,816943 |
10 | 9,818392 | |
20 | 9,819832 | |
30 | 9,821264 | |
40 | 9,822688 | |
50 | 9,824104 | |
42 | 0 | 9,825511 |
10 | 9,826910 | |
20 | 9,828301 | |
30 | 9,829683 | |
40 | 9,831058 | |
50 | 9,832425 | |
43 | 0 | 9,833783 |
10 | 9,835134 | |
20 | 9,836477 | |
30 | 9,837812 | |
40 | 9,839140 | |
50 | 9,840459 | |
44 | 0 | 9,841771 |
10 | 9,843079 | |
20 | 9,844372 | |
30 | 9,845662 | |
40 | 9,846944 | |
50 | 9,848218 | |
45 | 0 | 9,849485 |
10 | 9,850745 | |
20 | 9,851997 | |
30 | 9,853242 | |
40 | 9,854480 | |
50 | 9,855710 | |
46 | 0 | 9,856934 |
10 | 9,858150 | |
20 | 9,859360 | |
30 | 9,860562 | |
40 | 9,861757 | |
50 | 9,862946 | |
47 | 0 | 9,864127 |
10 | 9,865302 | |
20 | 9,866470 | |
30 | 9,867631 | |
40 | 9,868785 | |
50 | 9,869933 | |
[Page 61]48 | 0 | 9,871073 |
10 | 9,872208 | |
20 | 9,873335 | |
30 | 9,874456 | |
40 | 9,875571 | |
50 | 9,876678 | |
49 | 0 | 9,877780 |
10 | 9,878875 | |
20 | 9,879963 | |
30 | 9,881045 | |
40 | 9,882121 | |
50 | 9,883191 | |
50 | 0 | 9,884254 |
10 | 9,885311 | |
20 | 9,886361 | |
30 | 9,887406 | |
40 | 9,888444 | |
50 | 9,889476 | |
51 | 0 | 9,890503 |
10 | 9,891522 | |
20 | 9,892536 | |
30 | 9,893544 | |
40 | 9,894546 | |
50 | 9,865542 | |
52 | 0 | 9,896532 |
10 | 9,897516 | |
20 | 9,898494 | |
30 | 9,899467 | |
40 | 9,900433 | |
50 | 9,901391 | |
53 | 0 | 9,902349 |
10 | 9,903298 | |
20 | 9,90424 | |
30 | 9,905179 | |
40 | 9,906111 | |
50 | 9,907037 | |
54 | 0 | 9,907958 |
10 | 9,908873 | |
20 | 9,909782 | |
30 | 9,910686 | |
40 | 9,911584 | |
50 | 9,912477 | |
55 | 0 | 9,913364 |
10 | 9,914246 | |
20 | 9,915123 | |
30 | 9,915994 | |
40 | 9,916859 | |
50 | 9,917719 | |
56 | 0 | 9,918574 |
10 | 9,919424 | |
20 | 9,920268 | |
30 | 9,921107 | |
40 | 9,921940 | |
50 | 9,922768 | |
57 | 0 | 9,923591 |
10 | 9,924409 | |
20 | 9,925222 | |
30 | 9,926029 | |
40 | 9,926831 | |
50 | 9,927628 | |
58 | 0 | 9,928420 |
10 | 9,929207 | |
20 | 9,929989 | |
30 | 9,930766 | |
40 | 9,931537 | |
50 | 9,932304 | |
59 | 0 | 9,933066 |
10 | 9,933822 | |
20 | 9,934574 | |
30 | 9,935320 | |
40 | 9,936062 | |
50 | 9,936799 | |
60 | 0 | 9,937531 |
10 | 9,938257 | |
20 | 9,938980 | |
30 | 9,939697 | |
40 | 9,940409 | |
50 | 9,941116 | |
61 | 0 | 9,941819 |
10 | 9,942517 | |
20 | 9,943210 | |
30 | 9,943898 | |
40 | 9,944582 | |
50 | 9,945261 | |
62 | 0 | 9,945935 |
10 | 9,946604 | |
20 | 9,947269 | |
30 | 9,947929 | |
40 | 9,948584 | |
50 | 9,949235 | |
63 | 0 | 9,949881 |
10 | 9,950522 | |
20 | 9,951159 | |
30 | 9,951791 | |
40 | 9,952419 | |
50 | 9,953042 | |
64 | 0 | 9,953660 |
10 | 9,954274 | |
20 | 9,954883 | |
30 | 9,955488 | |
40 | 9,956088 | |
50 | 9,956684 | |
65 | 0 | 9,957276 |
10 | 9,957862 | |
20 | 9,958445 | |
30 | 9,959023 | |
40 | 9,959596 | |
50 | 9,960165 | |
66 | 0 | 9,960730 |
10 | 9,961290 | |
20 | 9,961846 | |
30 | 9,962398 | |
40 | 9,962945 | |
50 | 9,963488 | |
67 | 0 | 9,964026 |
10 | 9,964560 | |
20 | 9,965090 | |
30 | 9,965615 | |
40 | 9,966136 | |
50 | 9,966653 | |
68 | 0 | 9,967166 |
10 | 9,967674 | |
20 | 9,968178 | |
30 | 9,968678 | |
40 | 9,969173 | |
50 | 9,969665 | |
69 | 0 | 9,970152 |
10 | 9,970634 | |
20 | 9,971112 | |
30 | 9,971588 | |
40 | 9,972058 | |
50 | 9,972524 | |
70 | 0 | 9,972986 |
10 | 9,973443 | |
20 | 9,973897 | |
30 | 9,974346 | |
40 | 9,974792 | |
50 | 9,975233 | |
71 | 0 | 9,975670 |
10 | 9,976103 | |
20 | 9,976532 | |
30 | 9,977956 | |
40 | 9,977377 | |
50 | 9,977794 | |
[Page 62]72 | 0 | 9,978206 |
10 | 9,978615 | |
20 | 9,979019 | |
30 | 9,979419 | |
40 | 9,979816 | |
50 | 9,980208 | |
73 | 0 | 9,980596 |
10 | 9,980980 | |
20 | 9,981361 | |
30 | 9,981737 | |
40 | 9,982109 | |
50 | 9,982477 | |
74 | 0 | 9,982842 |
10 | 9,983202 | |
20 | 9,983558 | |
30 | 9,983910 | |
40 | 9,984259 | |
50 | 9,984603 | |
75 | 0 | 9,984943 |
10 | 9,985280 | |
20 | 9,985613 | |
30 | 9,985942 | |
40 | 9,986266 | |
50 | 9,986587 | |
76 | 0 | 9,986904 |
10 | 9,987217 | |
20 | 9,987526 | |
30 | 9,987832 | |
40 | 9,988133 | |
50 | 9,988430 | |
77 | 0 | 9,988724 |
10 | 9,989014 | |
20 | 9,989299 | |
30 | 9,989581 | |
40 | 9,989860 | |
50 | 9,990134 | |
78 | 0 | 9,990404 |
10 | 9,990671 | |
20 | 9,990934 | |
30 | 9,991193 | |
40 | 9,991448 | |
50 | 9,991699 | |
79 | 0 | 9,991947 |
10 | 9,992190 | |
20 | 9,992430 | |
30 | 9,992666 | |
40 | 9,992898 | |
50 | 9,993127 | |
80 | 0 | 9,993351 |
10 | 9,993572 | |
20 | 9,993789 | |
30 | 9,994003 | |
40 | 9,994212 | |
50 | 9,994418 | |
81 | 0 | 9,994620 |
10 | 9,994818 | |
20 | 9,995012 | |
30 | 9,995203 | |
40 | 9,995390 | |
50 | 9,995573 | |
82 | 0 | 9,995753 |
10 | 9,995928 | |
20 | 9,996100 | |
30 | 9,996269 | |
40 | 9,996433 | |
50 | 9,996594 | |
83 | 0 | 9,996751 |
10 | 9,996904 | |
20 | 9,997053 | |
30 | 9,997199 | |
40 | 9,997341 | |
50 | 9,999998 | |
84 | 0 | 9,997614 |
10 | 9,997732 | |
20 | 9,997873 | |
30 | 9,997996 | |
40 | 9,998106 | |
50 | 9,998232 | |
85 | 0 | 9,998344 |
10 | 9,998453 | |
20 | 9,998558 | |
30 | 9,998659 | |
40 | 9,998757 | |
50 | 9,998851 | |
86 | 0 | 9,998941 |
10 | 9,999927 | |
20 | 9,999110 | |
30 | 9,999189 | |
40 | 9,999265 | |
50 | 9,999336 | |
87 | 0 | 9,999404 |
10 | 9,999469 | |
20 | 9,999529 | |
30 | 9,999586 | |
40 | 9,999640 | |
50 | 9,999689 | |
88 | 0 | 9,999735 |
10 | 9,999778 | |
20 | 9,999816 | |
30 | 9,999851 | |
40 | 9,999882 | |
50 | 9,999910 | |
89 | 0 | 9,999934 |
10 | 9,999954 | |
20 | 9,999971 | |
30 | 9,999983 | |
40 | 9,999993 | |
50 | 9,999998 |
CHAP. II. The Explanation and Ʋse of the Table of LOGARITHMS.
THe Table of Logarithms following consisteth of two Rows or Columns, the first of which (namely that towards the left hand, having the word Num. at the head thereof) containeth all absolute numbers increasing by a Unite in continuall proportion from 1, to 1000.
In the other Column is placed the Logarithms of those absolute numbers; which Logarithms are numbers so fitted to proportionall numbers, that themselves retain equall differences.
By this Table, the Logarithme of any absolute number under 1000, maybe readily found: Or if any Logarithme, whose absolute number exceedeth not 1000, be given, this Table will plainly discover what absolute number answereth thereunto. The use of this Table will appear by the Propositions following.
PROP. I. A number being given, to finde the Logarithme thereof.
LEt it be required to finde the Logarithm of 223, First, seeke 223 in the first Column of the Table under the word Num. and against it in the second Column you shall finde 2,348305. which is the Logarithm thereof.
Also, Let it be required to finde the Logarithm of 629, if you seeke 629 in the first Column, against it in the second you shall finde 2,798651, which is the Logarithm thereof.
PROP. II. A Logarithme being given, how to finde the absolute number thereunto belonging.
LEt 2,731589 be a Logarithm given, whose absolute number you require: you must first seeke this number in the second Column of the Table, under the word Logar, against which you shall finde 539, which is the absolute number answering to that Logarithme.
¶ But in this Table, as in the Table of Sines, if you cannot finde the direct Logarithm which you looke for, in the Table, you must take the neerest thereunto.
Num. | Logarith. |
1 | 0,000000 |
2 | 0,301030 |
3 | 0,477121 |
4 | 0,602060 |
5 | 0,698970 |
6 | 0,778151 |
7 | 0,845098 |
8 | 0,903090 |
9 | 0,954242 |
10 | 1,000000 |
11 | 1,041393 |
12 | 1,079181 |
13 | 1,113943 |
14 | 1,146128 |
15 | 1,176091 |
16 | 1,204120 |
17 | 1,230449 |
18 | 1,255272 |
19 | 1,278754 |
20 | 1,301030 |
21 | 1,322219 |
22 | 1,342423 |
23 | 1,361728 |
24 | 1,380211 |
25 | 1,397940 |
26 | 1,414973 |
27 | 1,431364 |
28 | 1,447158 |
29 | 1,462398 |
30 | 1,477121 |
31 | 1,491362 |
32 | 1,505150 |
33 | 1,518514 |
34 | 1,531479 |
35 | 1,544068 |
36 | 1,556302 |
37 | 1,568202 |
38 | 1,579783 |
39 | 1,591065 |
40 | 1,602060 |
41 | 1,612784 |
42 | 1,623249 |
43 | 1,633468 |
44 | 1,643453 |
45 | 1,653212 |
46 | 1,662758 |
47 | 1,672098 |
48 | 1,681241 |
49 | 1,690196 |
50 | 1,698970 |
51 | 1,707570 |
52 | 1,716003 |
53 | 1,724276 |
54 | 1,732394 |
55 | 1,740363 |
56 | 1,748188 |
57 | 1,755875 |
58 | 1,763428 |
59 | 1,770852 |
60 | 1,778151 |
61 | 1,785330 |
62 | 1,792392 |
63 | 1,799341 |
64 | 1,806180 |
65 | 1,812913 |
66 | 1,819544 |
67 | 1,826075 |
68 | 1,832509 |
69 | 1,838849 |
70 | 1,845098 |
71 | 1,851258 |
72 | 1,857332 |
73 | 1,863323 |
74 | 1,869232 |
75 | 1,875061 |
76 | 1,880814 |
77 | 1,886491 |
78 | 1,892095 |
79 | 1,897627 |
80 | 1,903089 |
81 | 1,908485 |
82 | 1,913814 |
83 | 1,919078 |
84 | 1,924279 |
85 | 1,929419 |
86 | 1,934498 |
87 | 1,939519 |
88 | 1,944483 |
89 | 1,949390 |
90 | 1,954242 |
91 | 1,959041 |
92 | 1,963788 |
93 | 1,968483 |
94 | 1,973128 |
95 | 1,977724 |
96 | 1,982271 |
97 | 1,986772 |
98 | 1,991226 |
99 | 1,995635 |
100 | 2,000000 |
101 | 2,004321 |
102 | 2,008600 |
103 | 2,012837 |
104 | 2,017033 |
105 | 2,021189 |
106 | 2,025306 |
107 | 2,029384 |
108 | 2,033424 |
109 | 2,037426 |
110 | 2,041393 |
111 | 2,045323 |
112 | 2,049218 |
113 | 2,053078 |
114 | 2,056905 |
115 | 2,060698 |
116 | 2,064458 |
117 | 2,068186 |
118 | 2,071882 |
119 | 2,075547 |
120 | 2,079181 |
121 | 2,082785 |
122 | 2,086359 |
123 | 2,089905 |
124 | 2,093422 |
125 | 2,096910 |
126 | 2,100371 |
127 | 2,103804 |
128 | 2,107209 |
129 | 2,110589 |
130 | 2,113943 |
131 | 2,117271 |
132 | 2,120574 |
133 | 2,123852 |
134 | 2,127105 |
135 | 2,130334 |
136 | 2,133539 |
137 | 2,136721 |
138 | 2,139879 |
139 | 2,143015 |
140 | 2,146128 |
141 | 2,149219 |
142 | 2,152288 |
143 | 2,155336 |
144 | 2,158362 |
145 | 2,161368 |
146 | 2,164353 |
147 | 2,167317 |
148 | 2,170262 |
149 | 2,173186 |
150 | 2,176091 |
[Page 65]151 | 2,178977 |
152 | 2,181844 |
153 | 2,184691 |
154 | 2,187521 |
155 | 2,190332 |
156 | 2,193125 |
157 | 2,195899 |
158 | 2,198657 |
159 | 2,201397 |
160 | 2,204119 |
161 | 2,206826 |
162 | 2,209515 |
163 | 2,212187 |
164 | 2,214844 |
165 | 2,217484 |
166 | 2,220108 |
167 | 2,222716 |
168 | 2,225309 |
169 | 2,227887 |
170 | 2,230449 |
171 | 2,232996 |
172 | 2,235528 |
173 | 2,238046 |
174 | 2,240549 |
175 | 2,243038 |
176 | 2,245513 |
177 | 2,247973 |
178 | 2,250420 |
179 | 2,252853 |
180 | 2,255273 |
181 | 2,257679 |
182 | 2,260071 |
183 | 2,262451 |
184 | 2,264818 |
185 | 2,267172 |
186 | 2,269513 |
187 | 2,271842 |
188 | 2,274158 |
189 | 2,276462 |
190 | 2,278754 |
191 | 2,281033 |
192 | 2,283301 |
193 | 2,285557 |
194 | 2,287802 |
195 | 2,290035 |
196 | 2,292256 |
197 | 2,294466 |
198 | 2,296665 |
199 | 2,298853 |
200 | 2,301029 |
201 | 2,303196 |
202 | 2,305351 |
203 | 2,307496 |
204 | 2,309630 |
205 | 2,311754 |
206 | 2,313867 |
207 | 2,315970 |
208 | 2,318063 |
209 | 2,320146 |
210 | 2,322219 |
211 | 2,324282 |
212 | 2,326336 |
213 | 2,328379 |
214 | 2,330414 |
215 | 2,332438 |
216 | 2,334454 |
217 | 2,336459 |
218 | 2,338456 |
219 | 2,340444 |
220 | 2,342227 |
221 | 2,344392 |
222 | 2,346353 |
223 | 2,348305 |
224 | 2,350248 |
225 | 2,352183 |
226 | 2,354108 |
227 | 2,356026 |
228 | 2,357935 |
229 | 2,359835 |
230 | 2,361728 |
231 | 2,363612 |
232 | 2,365488 |
233 | 2,367356 |
234 | 2,369216 |
235 | 2,371068 |
236 | 2,372912 |
237 | 2,374748 |
238 | 2,376577 |
239 | 2,378398 |
240 | 2,380211 |
241 | 2,382017 |
242 | 2,383815 |
243 | 2,385606 |
244 | 2,387389 |
245 | 2,389166 |
246 | 2,390935 |
247 | 2,392697 |
248 | 2,394452 |
249 | 2,396199 |
250 | 2,397940 |
251 | 2,399674 |
252 | 2,401401 |
253 | 2,403121 |
254 | 2,404834 |
255 | 2,406540 |
256 | 2,408239 |
257 | 2,409933 |
258 | 2,411619 |
259 | 2,413299 |
260 | 2,414973 |
261 | 2,416641 |
262 | 2,418301 |
263 | 2,419956 |
264 | 2,421604 |
265 | 2,423246 |
266 | 2,424882 |
267 | 2,426511 |
268 | 2,428135 |
269 | 2,429752 |
270 | 2,431364 |
271 | 2,432969 |
272 | 2,434569 |
273 | 2,436163 |
274 | 2,437751 |
275 | 2,439333 |
276 | 2,440909 |
277 | 2,442479 |
278 | 2,444045 |
279 | 2,445604 |
280 | 2,447158 |
281 | 2,448706 |
282 | 2,450249 |
283 | 2,451786 |
284 | 2,453318 |
285 | 2,454845 |
286 | 2,456366 |
287 | 2,459889 |
288 | 2,459392 |
289 | 2,460898 |
290 | 2,462398 |
291 | 2,463893 |
292 | 2,465383 |
293 | 2,466868 |
294 | 2,468347 |
295 | 2,469822 |
296 | 2,471292 |
297 | 2,472756 |
298 | 2,474216 |
299 | 2,475671 |
300 | 2,477121 |
[Page 66]301 | 2,478566 |
302 | 2,480007 |
303 | 2,481443 |
304 | 2,482874 |
305 | 2,484299 |
306 | 2,485721 |
307 | 2,487138 |
308 | 2,488551 |
309 | 2,489958 |
310 | 2,491362 |
311 | 2,492760 |
312 | 2,494155 |
313 | 2,495544 |
314 | 2,496929 |
315 | 2,498311 |
316 | 2,499687 |
317 | 2,501059 |
318 | 2,502427 |
319 | 2,503791 |
320 | 2,505149 |
321 | 2,506505 |
322 | 2,507856 |
323 | 2,509203 |
324 | 2,510545 |
325 | 2,511883 |
326 | 2,513218 |
327 | 2,514548 |
328 | 2,515874 |
329 | 2,517196 |
330 | 2,518514 |
331 | 2,519828 |
332 | 2,521138 |
333 | 2,522444 |
334 | 2,523746 |
335 | 2,525045 |
336 | 2,526339 |
337 | 2,527629 |
338 | 2,528916 |
339 | 2,530199 |
340 | 2,531479 |
341 | 2,532754 |
342 | 2,534026 |
343 | 2,535294 |
344 | 2,536558 |
345 | 2,537819 |
346 | 2,539076 |
347 | 2,540329 |
348 | 2,541579 |
349 | 2,542825 |
350 | 2,544068 |
351 | 2,545307 |
352 | 2,546543 |
353 | 2,547775 |
354 | 2,549003 |
355 | 2,550228 |
356 | 2,551449 |
357 | 2,552668 |
358 | 2,553883 |
359 | 2,555094 |
360 | 2,556303 |
361 | 2,557507 |
362 | 2,558709 |
363 | 2,559907 |
364 | 2,561101 |
365 | 2,562293 |
366 | 2,563481 |
367 | 2,564666 |
368 | 2,565848 |
369 | 2,567026 |
370 | 2,568202 |
371 | 2,569374 |
372 | 2,570543 |
373 | 2,571709 |
374 | 2,572872 |
375 | 2,574031 |
376 | 2,575188 |
377 | 2,576341 |
378 | 2,577492 |
379 | 2,578639 |
380 | 2,579784 |
381 | 2,580925 |
382 | 2,582063 |
383 | 2,583199 |
384 | 2,584331 |
385 | 2,585461 |
386 | 2,586587 |
387 | 2,587711 |
388 | 2,588832 |
389 | 2,589949 |
390 | 2,591065 |
391 | 2,592177 |
392 | 2,593286 |
393 | 2,594393 |
394 | 2,595496 |
395 | 2,596597 |
396 | 2,597695 |
397 | 2,598790 |
398 | 2,599883 |
399 | 2,600973 |
400 | 2,602059 |
401 | 2,603144 |
402 | 2,604226 |
403 | 2,605305 |
404 | 2,606381 |
405 | 2,607455 |
406 | 2,608526 |
407 | 2,609594 |
408 | 2,610660 |
409 | 2,611723 |
410 | 2,612784 |
411 | 2,613842 |
412 | 2,614897 |
413 | 2,615950 |
414 | 2,617000 |
415 | 2,618048 |
416 | 2,619093 |
417 | 2,620136 |
418 | 2,621176 |
419 | 2,622214 |
420 | 2,623249 |
421 | 2,624282 |
422 | 2,625312 |
423 | 2,626340 |
424 | 2,627366 |
425 | 2,628389 |
426 | 2,629409 |
427 | 2,630428 |
428 | 2,631444 |
429 | 2,632457 |
430 | 2,633468 |
431 | 2,634477 |
432 | 2,635484 |
433 | 2,636488 |
434 | 2,637489 |
435 | 2,638489 |
436 | 2,639486 |
437 | 2,640481 |
438 | 2,641475 |
439 | 2,642465 |
440 | 2,643453 |
441 | 2,644439 |
442 | 2,645422 |
443 | 2,646404 |
444 | 2,647383 |
445 | 2,648360 |
446 | 2,649335 |
447 | 2,650308 |
448 | 2,651278 |
449 | 2,652246 |
450 | 2,653213 |
[Page 67]451 | 2,654177 |
452 | 2,655138 |
453 | 2,656098 |
454 | 2,657056 |
455 | 2,658011 |
456 | 2,658965 |
457 | 2,659916 |
458 | 2,660865 |
459 | 2,661813 |
460 | 2,662758 |
461 | 2,663701 |
462 | 2,664642 |
463 | 2,665581 |
464 | 2,666518 |
465 | 2,667453 |
466 | 2,668386 |
467 | 2,669317 |
468 | 2,670246 |
469 | 2,671173 |
470 | 2,672098 |
471 | 2,673021 |
472 | 2,673942 |
473 | 2,674861 |
474 | 2,675778 |
475 | 2,676694 |
476 | 2,677607 |
477 | 2,678518 |
478 | 2,679428 |
479 | 2,680336 |
480 | 2,681241 |
481 | 2,682145 |
482 | 2,683047 |
483 | 2,683947 |
484 | 2,684845 |
485 | 2,685742 |
486 | 2,686636 |
487 | 2,687529 |
488 | 2,688419 |
489 | 2,689309 |
490 | 2,690196 |
491 | 2,691081 |
492 | 2,691965 |
493 | 2,692847 |
494 | 2,693727 |
495 | 2,694605 |
496 | 2,695482 |
497 | 2,696356 |
498 | 2,697229 |
499 | 2,698101 |
500 | 2,698970 |
501 | 2,699830 |
502 | 2,700704 |
503 | 2,701568 |
504 | 2,702480 |
505 | 2,703291 |
506 | 2,704151 |
507 | 2,705008 |
508 | 2,705864 |
509 | 2,706718 |
510 | 2,707570 |
511 | 2,708421 |
512 | 2,709269 |
513 | 2,710117 |
514 | 2,710963 |
515 | 2,711807 |
516 | 2,712649 |
517 | 2,713491 |
518 | 2,714329 |
519 | 2,715167 |
520 | 2,716003 |
521 | 2,716838 |
522 | 2,717671 |
523 | 2,718502 |
524 | 2,719331 |
525 | 2,720159 |
526 | 2,720986 |
527 | 2,721811 |
528 | 2,722634 |
529 | 2,723456 |
530 | 2,724276 |
531 | 2,725095 |
532 | 2,725912 |
533 | 2,726727 |
534 | 2,727541 |
535 | 2,728354 |
536 | 2,729165 |
537 | 2,729974 |
538 | 2,730782 |
539 | 2,731589 |
540 | 2,732394 |
541 | 2,733197 |
542 | 2,733999 |
543 | 2,734799 |
544 | 2,735599 |
545 | 2,736397 |
546 | 2,737192 |
547 | 2,737987 |
548 | 2,738781 |
549 | 2,739572 |
550 | 2,740363 |
551 | 2,741152 |
552 | 2,741939 |
553 | 2,742735 |
554 | 2,743509 |
555 | 2,744293 |
556 | 2,745075 |
557 | 2,745855 |
558 | 2,746634 |
559 | 2,747412 |
560 | 2,748188 |
561 | 2,748963 |
562 | 2,749736 |
563 | 2,750508 |
564 | 2,751279 |
565 | 2,752048 |
566 | 2,752816 |
567 | 2,753583 |
568 | 2,754348 |
569 | 2,755112 |
570 | 2,755875 |
571 | 2,756636 |
572 | 2,757396 |
573 | 2,758155 |
574 | 2,758912 |
575 | 2,759668 |
576 | 2,760422 |
577 | 2,761176 |
578 | 2,761928 |
579 | 2,762679 |
580 | 2,763428 |
581 | 2,764176 |
582 | 2,764923 |
583 | 2,765669 |
584 | 2,766413 |
585 | 2,767156 |
586 | 2,767898 |
587 | 2,768638 |
588 | 2,769377 |
589 | 2,770115 |
590 | 2,770852 |
591 | 2,771587 |
592 | 2,772322 |
593 | 2,773055 |
594 | 2,773786 |
595 | 2,774517 |
596 | 2,775246 |
597 | 2,775974 |
598 | 2,776701 |
599 | 2,777427 |
600 | 2,778151 |
[Page 68]601 | 2,778874 |
602 | 2,779596 |
603 | 2,780317 |
604 | 2,781037 |
605 | 2,781755 |
606 | 2,782473 |
607 | 2,783189 |
608 | 2,783904 |
609 | 2,784617 |
610 | 2,785329 |
611 | 2,786041 |
612 | 2,786751 |
613 | 2,787460 |
614 | 2,788164 |
615 | 2,788875 |
616 | 2,789581 |
617 | 2,790285 |
618 | 2,790988 |
619 | 2,791691 |
620 | 2,792392 |
621 | 2,793092 |
622 | 2,793791 |
623 | 2,794488 |
624 | 2,795185 |
625 | 2,795880 |
626 | 2,796574 |
627 | 2,797268 |
628 | 2,797959 |
629 | 2,798651 |
630 | 2,799341 |
631 | 2,800029 |
632 | 2,800717 |
633 | 2,801404 |
634 | 2,802089 |
635 | 2,802774 |
636 | 2,803457 |
637 | 2,804139 |
638 | 2,804821 |
639 | 2,805501 |
640 | 2,806179 |
641 | 2,806558 |
642 | 2,807535 |
643 | 2,808211 |
644 | 2,808886 |
645 | 2,809559 |
646 | 2,810233 |
647 | 2,810904 |
648 | 2,811575 |
649 | 2,812245 |
650 | 2,812913 |
651 | 2,813581 |
652 | 2,814248 |
653 | 2,814913 |
654 | 2,815578 |
655 | 2,816241 |
656 | 2,816904 |
657 | 2,817565 |
658 | 2,818226 |
659 | 2,818885 |
660 | 2,819543 |
661 | 2,820201 |
662 | 2,820858 |
663 | 2,821514 |
664 | 2,822168 |
665 | 2,822822 |
666 | 2,823474 |
667 | 2,824126 |
668 | 2,824776 |
669 | 2,825426 |
670 | 2,826075 |
671 | 2,826723 |
672 | 2,827369 |
673 | 2,820015 |
674 | 2,828659 |
675 | 2,829304 |
676 | 2,829947 |
677 | 2,830589 |
678 | 2,831229 |
679 | 2,831869 |
680 | 2,832509 |
681 | 2,833147 |
682 | 2,833784 |
683 | 2,834421 |
684 | 2,835056 |
685 | 2,835691 |
686 | 2,836324 |
687 | 2,836957 |
688 | 2,837588 |
689 | 2,838219 |
690 | 2,838849 |
691 | 2,839478 |
692 | 2,840106 |
693 | 2,840733 |
694 | 2,841359 |
695 | 2,841985 |
696 | 2,842609 |
697 | 2,843233 |
698 | 2,843855 |
699 | 2,844477 |
700 | 2,845098 |
701 | 2,845718 |
702 | 2,846337 |
703 | 2,846955 |
704 | 2,847573 |
705 | 2,848189 |
706 | 2,848805 |
707 | 2,849419 |
708 | 2,850033 |
709 | 2,850646 |
710 | 2,851258 |
711 | 2,851869 |
712 | 2,852479 |
713 | 2,853089 |
714 | 2,853698 |
715 | 2,854306 |
716 | 2,854913 |
717 | 2,855519 |
718 | 2,856124 |
719 | 2,856729 |
720 | 2,857332 |
721 | 2,857935 |
722 | 2,858537 |
723 | 2,859138 |
724 | 2,859739 |
725 | 2,860338 |
726 | 2,860937 |
727 | 2,861534 |
728 | 2,862131 |
729 | 2,862728 |
730 | 2,863323 |
731 | 2,863917 |
732 | 2,864511 |
733 | 2,865104 |
734 | 2,865696 |
735 | 2,866287 |
736 | 2,866878 |
737 | 2,867467 |
738 | 2,868056 |
739 | 2,868643 |
740 | 2,869232 |
741 | 2,869818 |
742 | 2,870404 |
743 | 2,870989 |
744 | 2,871573 |
745 | 2,872156 |
746 | 2,872739 |
747 | 2,873321 |
748 | 2,873902 |
749 | 2,874482 |
750 | 2,875061 |
[Page 69] 751 | 2,875639 |
752 | 2,876218 |
753 | 2,876795 |
754 | 2,877371 |
755 | 2,877947 |
756 | 2,878522 |
757 | 2,879096 |
758 | 2,879669 |
759 | 2,880242 |
760 | 2,880814 |
761 | 2,881385 |
762 | 2,881955 |
763 | 2,882525 |
764 | 2,883093 |
765 | 2,883661 |
766 | 2,884229 |
767 | 2,884795 |
768 | 2,885361 |
769 | 2,885926 |
770 | 2,886491 |
771 | 2,887054 |
772 | 2,887617 |
773 | 2,888179 |
774 | 2,888741 |
775 | 2,889302 |
776 | 2,889862 |
777 | 2,890421 |
778 | 2,890979 |
779 | 2,891537 |
780 | 2,892095 |
781 | 2,892651 |
782 | 2,893207 |
783 | 2,893762 |
784 | 2,894316 |
785 | 2,894869 |
786 | 2,895423 |
787 | 2,895975 |
788 | 2,896526 |
789 | 2,897077 |
790 | 2,897627 |
791 | 2,898176 |
792 | 2,898725 |
793 | 2,899273 |
794 | 2,899821 |
795 | 2,900367 |
796 | 2,900913 |
797 | 2,901458 |
798 | 2,902003 |
799 | 2,902547 |
800 | 2,903089 |
801 | 2,903633 |
802 | 2,904174 |
803 | 2,904716 |
804 | 2,905256 |
805 | 2,905796 |
806 | 2,906335 |
807 | 2,906874 |
808 | 2,907411 |
809 | 2,907949 |
810 | 2,908485 |
811 | 2,909021 |
812 | 2,909556 |
813 | 2,910051 |
814 | 2,910624 |
815 | 2,911158 |
816 | 2,911690 |
817 | 2,912222 |
818 | 2,912773 |
819 | 2,913284 |
820 | 2,913814 |
821 | 2,914343 |
822 | 2,914872 |
823 | 2,915399 |
824 | 2,915927 |
825 | 2,916454 |
826 | 2,916980 |
827 | 2,917506 |
828 | 2,918030 |
829 | 2,918555 |
830 | 2,919078 |
831 | 2,919601 |
832 | 2,920123 |
833 | 2,920645 |
834 | 2,921166 |
835 | 2,921686 |
836 | 2,922206 |
837 | 2,922725 |
838 | 2,923244 |
839 | 2,923762 |
840 | 2,924279 |
841 | 2,924796 |
842 | 2,925312 |
843 | 2,925825 |
844 | 2,926342 |
845 | 2,926857 |
846 | 2,927370 |
847 | 2,927883 |
848 | 2,918396 |
849 | 2,928908 |
850 | 2,929419 |
851 | 2,929929 |
852 | 2,935439 |
853 | 2,930949 |
854 | 2,931458 |
855 | 2,931966 |
856 | 2,932474 |
857 | 2,932981 |
858 | 2,933487 |
859 | 2,933993 |
860 | 2,934498 |
861 | 2,935003 |
862 | 2,935507 |
863 | 2,936011 |
864 | 2,936514 |
865 | 2,937016 |
866 | 2,937518 |
867 | 2,938019 |
868 | 2,938519 |
869 | 2,939019 |
870 | 2,939519 |
871 | 2,940018 |
872 | 2,940516 |
873 | 2,941014 |
874 | 2,941511 |
875 | 2,942008 |
876 | 2,942504 |
877 | 2,942999 |
878 | 2,943495 |
879 | 2,943989 |
880 | 2,944483 |
881 | 2,944976 |
882 | 2,945468 |
883 | 2,945961 |
884 | 2,946452 |
885 | 2,946943 |
886 | 2,947434 |
887 | 2,947924 |
888 | 2,948415 |
889 | 2,948902 |
890 | 2,949390 |
891 | 2,949878 |
892 | 2,950365 |
893 | 2,950851 |
894 | 2,951338 |
895 | 2,951823 |
896 | 2,952308 |
897 | 2,952792 |
898 | 2,953276 |
899 | 2,953759 |
900 | 2,954243 |
[Page 70]901 | 2,954725 |
902 | 2,955207 |
903 | 2,955688 |
904 | 2,956168 |
905 | 2,956640 |
906 | 2,957128 |
907 | 2,957607 |
908 | 2,958086 |
909 | 2,958564 |
910 | 2,959041 |
911 | 2,959518 |
912 | 2,959995 |
913 | 2,960471 |
914 | 2,960946 |
915 | 2,961421 |
916 | 2,961895 |
917 | 2,962369 |
918 | 2,962842 |
919 | 2,963315 |
920 | 2,963788 |
921 | 2,964259 |
922 | 2,964731 |
923 | 2,965202 |
924 | 2,965672 |
925 | 2,966142 |
926 | 2,966611 |
927 | 2,967079 |
928 | 2,967548 |
929 | 2,968016 |
930 | 2,968483 |
931 | 2,968949 |
932 | 2,969416 |
933 | 2,969882 |
934 | 2,970347 |
935 | 2,970812 |
936 | 2,971276 |
937 | 2,971739 |
938 | 2,972203 |
939 | 2,972666 |
940 | 2,973128 |
941 | 2,973589 |
942 | 2,974050 |
943 | 2,974512 |
944 | 2,974972 |
945 | 2,975432 |
946 | 2,975891 |
947 | 2,976349 |
948 | 2,976808 |
949 | 2,977266 |
950 | 2,977724 |
951 | 2,978181 |
952 | 2,978637 |
953 | 2,979093 |
954 | 2,979548 |
955 | 2,980003 |
956 | 2,980458 |
957 | 2,980912 |
958 | 2,981366 |
959 | 2,981819 |
960 | 2,982271 |
961 | 2,982723 |
962 | 2,983175 |
963 | 2,983626 |
964 | 2,984077 |
965 | 2,984527 |
966 | 2,984977 |
967 | 2,985426 |
968 | 2,985875 |
969 | 2,986324 |
970 | 2,986772 |
971 | 2,987219 |
972 | 2,987666 |
973 | 2,988113 |
974 | 2,988559 |
975 | 2,989005 |
976 | 2,989449 |
977 | 2,989895 |
978 | 2,990339 |
979 | 2,990783 |
980 | 2,991226 |
981 | 2,991669 |
982 | 2,992111 |
983 | 2,992554 |
984 | 2,992995 |
985 | 2,993436 |
986 | 2,993877 |
987 | 2,994317 |
988 | 2,994756 |
989 | 2,995196 |
990 | 2,995635 |
991 | 2,996074 |
992 | 2,996512 |
993 | 2,996949 |
994 | 2,997386 |
995 | 2,997823 |
996 | 2,998259 |
997 | 2,998695 |
998 | 2,999133 |
999 | 2,999565 |
1000 | 3,000000 |
CHAP. III. The use of the Tables of Sines and Logarithms in the resolving of Plain Triangles.
BEfore I come to shew how the quantity of the sides and angles of any Triangle may be found by help of the former Tables, it will be convenient first to deliver these following considerations and Theoremes, as necessaries thereunto.
1. A Triangle is a figure consisting of three sides and three angles, as is the figure ABC.
2. Any two sides of a Triangle are called the sides of the angle comprehended by them, as the sides AB and AC are the sides containing the angle CAB.
3. The measure of an Angle, is the quantity of an arch of a Circle described on the angular point, and cutting both the containing sides of the same angle, as in the Triangle following, the arch CB, is the measure of the angle at A; the arch KD is the measure of the angle at E; and the arch FG is the measure of the angle at H; each of these arches are described on the angular points A, H, E, and cut the containing sides.
4. A Degree is the 360 part of any Circle
5. A Semicircle containeth 180 degrees.
6. A Quadrant containeth 90 degrees.
7. The complement of an angle lesse then a Quadrant, is so much as that angle wanteth of 90 degrees, as if the angle HAE should contain 50 degrees, the complement thereof would be 40 degrees, for if you take 50 from 90 there will remain 40.
[Page 72]8. The complement of an angle to a Semicircle, is the remainder thereof to 180 degrees.
9. An angle is either Right, Acute, or Obtuse.
10. A Right angle is that whose measure is a Quadrant.
11. An Acute angle is lesse then a right angle.
12. An Obtuse angle is greater then a Quadrant.
13. A Triangle is either Right angled, or Oblique angled.
14. A Right angled Triangle is that which hath one right angle, as the Triangle AHE is right angled at E.
15. In every right angled Triangle, that side which subtendeth or lieth opposite to the right angle, is called the Hypothenusall, and of the other two sides, the one is called the Perpendicular, and the other the Base, at pleasure, but most commonly the shortest is called the Perpendicular, and the longer is called the Base. So in the former Triangle, the side AH is the Hypothenusall, HE the Base, and AE the Perpendicular.
16. In every right angled Triangle, if you have one of the acute angles given, the other is also given, it being the complement thereof to 90 degrees. As in the Triangle AHE, suppose there were given the angle AHE 40 degrees, then by consequence the angle HAE must be 50 degrees, which is the complement of the other to 90 degrees.
17. The three angles of any right lined Triangle whatsoever, are equall to two right angles, or to 180 degrees: so that if in any right lined Triangle, you have any two of the angles given, you have the third angle also given, it being the complement of the other two to 180 degrees.
So in this Triangle ABC, if there were given the angle BAC 30 degrees, and the angle ACB 130 degrees, I say by consequence there is also given the third angle ABC 20 degrees, it being the complement of the other two to 100 degrees: for, the two given angles 30 and 130 being added together, they make 160, which being taken from 180, there remains 20, the quantity of the third angle ABC.
18. In all plain Triangles whatsoever, the sides are in proportion one to the other, as the Sines of the angles opposite to those sides. So in the Triangle ABC, the Sine of the angle ACB, is in such proportion to the side AB, as the Sine of the angle CAB is to the side BC, and so of any other.
CHAP. IV. Containing the doctrine of the dimension of right lined Triangles, whether right angled or oblique angled, and the severall Cases threin resolved, both by Tables, and Lines of Artificiall Numbers, Sines, and Tangents.
HAving in the foregoing Chapters of this Book explained and shewed the use of the Tables of Sines and Logarithms, and also delivered divers necessary Theorems relating to the mensuration of plain Triangles, I come now to shew how a plain Triangle may be resolved, that is, by having any three of the six parts of a plain Triangle given, to finde a fourth, both by the Tables of Sines and Logarithms, and also by the lines of Artificiall Numbers, Sines and Tangents on the Index of your Table, so that when your Tables are not ready at hand, you may make use of these Lines, which will sufficiently supply the want of them.
In all the cases following, I have made use but of two Triangles for Examples, one right angled, and the other oblique angled, but in either of them I have expressed all the varieties that are necessary, so that any three parts being given in any of them, a fourth maybe found at pleasure.
The severall cases of the right angled Triangle will best be applied in the taking of heights, as is shewed in the next Book, and the oblique angled Triangle for the taking of distances there also taught; so that if the line CA in the right angled Triangle were a Tree, Tower, or Steeple, and that you would know the height thereof, you must observe with your Instrument the angle CBA, and measure the distance BA; so have you in the right angled Triangle ABC the Base AB, and the angle at the Base CBA, then may you (by the 1. Case) finde the side CA, which is the height of the thing required.
[Page 74]In the resolving of plain Triangles, there are severall Cases, of which; I will only insist on those that have most relation to the work in hand. And first,
Of Right angled plain Triangles.
CASE I. In a right angled plain Triangle, the Base and the angle at the Base being given, to finde the Perpendicular.
IN the right angled Triangle following ABC, there is given, the Base thereof BA, 400 foot, and the angle at the Base CBA 30 degrees, and it is required to finde the perpendicular CA.
Now because the angle CBA is given, the angle BCA is also given; it being the complement of the other to 90 degrees; and therefore the angle BCA is 60 degrees. Then to finde the perpendicular CA, the proportion is,
As the Sine of the angle BCA, 60 degrees (which is) | 9,937531 |
Is to the Logarithm of the side BA, 400 foot (which is) | 2,602059 |
So is the sine of the angle CBA 30 degrees (which is) | 9,698970 |
the sum of the second and third numbers added | 12,301029 |
the first number substracted from the sum | 9,937531 |
To the Logarithm of the side CA (which is) | 2,363498 |
The neerest absolute number answering to this Logarithm is 231 ferè, and that is the length of the side CA in feet which was the thing required.
A generall Rule.
In all proportions wrought by Sines and Logarithms, you must observe this for a generall rule, viz. to adde the second and third numbers together, and from the summe of them to substract the first number, so shall the remainder answer your question demanded, as by the former work you may perceive, where the Logarithm of the side BA 2,602059 (which is the second term) is added to the sine of the angle CBA 9,698970, (which is the third term) and from the summe of them (namely from 12,301029) is substracted 9,937531, the sine of the angle BCA, which is the first number, and there remaineth, 2,363498, which is the Logarithm of 231 almost, and that is the length of the side required in feet.
[Page 75]The same manner of work is to be observed in all the Cases following as will plainly appear.
How to perform the same work, by the lines of Sines and Numbers.
These kinde of proportions are wrought more easily by help of the lines of artificiall Numbers, Sines and Tangents on the Index of your Table, and exact enough for any ordinary occasion, for the proportion being,
- As the sine of the angle BCA, 60 degrees,
- Is to the Logarithm of the side BA 400 feet,
- So is the Sine of the angle CBA, 30 degrees,
- To the Logarithm of the side AC 231 feet, ferè.
Therefore, if you set one foot of your Compasses at 60 degrees in the line of Sines, and extend the other foot to 400 in the line of Numbers; the same extent of the Compasses will reach from the sine of 30 degrees to 231 in the line of Numbers, which is the length of the side AC, which was required.
Or otherwise, Extend the Compasses from the sine of 30 degrees to the sine of 60 degrees, in the line of Sines, the same extent will also reach from 400, in the line of Numbers, to 231 as before. And thus by these Artificiall Lines, the work is much abreviated, there being need neither of pen, inke, paper or Tables, but only of your Compasses.
CASE II. The Base, and the angle at the Base being given, to finde the Hypothenusall.
IN the same Triangle ABC let there be given (as before) the Base AB 400 foot, and the angle ABC 30 degrees, and let it be required to finde the Hypothenusall BC. Now because the angle CBA is given, the other angle BCA is also given, and the proportion is,
As the Sine of the angle BCA, 60 degrees, | 9,937531 |
Is to the Logarithm of the side BA, 400 foot | 2,602059 |
So is the Sine of the angle CAB, 90 degrees, | 10,000000 |
the sum of the second and third numbers added | 12,602959 |
the first number substracted from the sum | 9,937531 |
To the Logarithm of the side BC: which is, | 2,665428 |
The absolute number answering to this Logarithm is 462, and so many feet is the Hypothenusall BC.
By the lines of Sines and Numbers.
The manner of work is altogether the same with the former, for the proportion being,
- As the Sine of the angle BCA 60 degrees,
- Is to the length of the side BA 400 foot;
- So is the sine of the angle CAB 90 degrees,
- To the length of the side CB 462.
Extend the Compasses from the sine of 60 degrees to 400 in the line of Numbers, the same extent will reach from the Sine of 90 degrees to 462 in the line of Numbers, and that is the length of the side BC.
Or you may extend the Compasses from the Sine of 60 degrees to the Sine of 90 degrees; the same extent will also reach from 400 to 462, as before.
CASE III. The Hypothenusall, and angle at the Base being given, to finde the Perpendicular.
IN the same Triangle, let there be given the Hypothenusall BC 462 feet, and the angle at the Base CBA 30 degrees, to finde the perpendicular CA.
[Page 77] The angle CAB is a right angle or 90 degrees; therefore the proportion is,
As the Sine of the angle CAB 90 degrees, | 10,000000 |
Is to the Logarithme of the side BC 462; | 2,664642 |
So is the Sine of the angle CBA 30 degrees, | 9,698970 |
To the Logarithme of the side CA. | 12,363612 |
The number answering to this Logarithme is 231 ferè, and that is the length of the side CA in feet.
Here the Work is somewhat abreviated, for the angle CAB being a right angle, and being the first term, when the second and third terms are added together, the first is easily substracted from it by cancelling the figure next your left hand, as you see in the example; and so the rest of that number is the Logarithme of the number sought.
By the lines of Sines and Numbers.
Extend the Compasses from the Sine of 90 degrees to 462, the same extent will reach from the Sine of 30 degrees to 231.
Or extend the Compasses from the Sine of 90 degrees to the Sine of 30 degrees, the same extent will reach from 462 to 231; and that is the side CA.
CASE IV, The Hypothenusall, and angle at the Base being given, to finde the Base
LEt there be given in the former Triangle the Hypothenusal BC, and the angle at the Base CBA, and by consequence the angle BCA the complement of the other to 90; then to finde BA, the proportion is, [Page 76] [...] [Page 77] [...] [Page 78]
As the Sine of the angle CAB, 90 degrees | 10,000000 |
Is to the Hypothenusall BC, 462 | 2,664642 |
So is the Sine of the angle BCA, 60 degrees, | 9,937531 |
To the Logarithm of the Base BA, | 12,602173 |
The neerest number answering to 2,602173, is the Logarithm of 400, and so long is the Base BA.
By the lines of Sines and Numbers.
As before, Extend the Compasses from the Sine of 90, to 462, the same extent will reach from the Sine of 60 degrees, to 400 in the line of Numbers.
Or, extend the Compasses from the Sine of 90, to the Sine of 60, the same extent will reach from 462 to 400, which is the length of the Base BA.
CASE V. The Perpendicular, and angle at the Base being given, to finde the Hypothenusall.
IF the Perpendicular CA be given 231, and the angle at the Base CBA 30 degrees, the Hypothenusall BC may be found thus; for,
As the Sine of the angle CBA, 30 degrees, | 9,698970 |
Is to the Logarithm of the Perpendicular CA 231 | 12,363612 |
So is the Sine of the angle CAB, 90 degrees, | 10,000000 |
To the Logarithm of the Hypothenusall BC | 2,664642 |
¶ Here, because the angle CAB is a right angle, or 90 degrees, and comes in the third place, I therefore only put an unite before the second term, and from that second term substract the first term, and the remainder is 2,664642, the absolute number answering thereunto is 462, the side BC.
By the lines of Sines and Numbers.
Extend the Compasses from the Sine of 30 degrees, to 231, the same extent will reach from the sine of 90 degrees to 462.
Or, the distance between the Sine of 30 degrees and 90 degrees, will be equall to the distance between 231, and 462, which giveth the side required.
CASE VI. The Hypothenusall and Perpendicular being given, to finde the angle at the Base.
IN the foregoing Triangle there is given the Hypothenusall BC 462 feet, and the perpendicular CA, 231 feet, and it is required to finde the angle CBA, the proportion is,
As the Logarithm of the Hypothenusall BC 462 | 2,664642 |
Is to the right angle BAC, 90 degrees, | 10,000000 |
So is the Logarithm of the perpendicular CA, 231, | 12,363612 |
To the sine of the angle CBA, 30 degrees. | 9,698970 |
By the lines of Sines and Numbers.
Extend the Compasses from 462, to the sine of 90, the same extent will reach from 231 to the sine of 30 degrees.
Or, Extend the Compasses from 462 to 231, the same extent will reach from the sine of 90 degrees, to the Sine of 30 degrees, which is the quantity of the enquired angle CBA.
Of Oblique angled plain Triangles.
CASE VII. Having two angles, and a side opposite to one of them given, to finde the side opposite to the other.
IN the Triangle QRS, there is given the angle QSR 24 degrees 20 minutes; and the angle QRS 45 degrees 10 minutes, and the side QS 303 feet, and it is required to finde the side QR.
¶ Here note, that in oblique angled plain Triangles, as well as in Right angled, the sides are in proportion one to the other, as the sines of the angles opposite to those sides. Therefore,
As the sine of the angle QRS 45 deg. 10 min. | 9,850745 |
Is to the Logarithm of the side QS 303 feet, | 2,481443 |
So is the sine of the angle QSR 24 degrees 20 min. | 9,614944 |
the sum of the second and third terms | 12,096387 |
the first term substracted | 9,850745 |
To the Logarithme of the side QR, | 2,245642 |
The neerest absolute number answering to this Logarithm is 176, and so many feet is the side QR.
By the lines of Sines and Numbers.
The lines of Sines and Numbers will resolve these Triangles by the same manner of work as in the other before. For,
If you extend the Compasses from the sine of 45 degrees 10 min. to 303, the same extent will reach from the sine of 24 degrees 20 minutes, to 176, and so much is the side QR.
Or, Extend the Compasses from the Sine of 45 degrees 10 min. to 24 degrees 20 minutes, the same extent will reach from 303, to 176, the length of the inquired side.
In like manner, if the angle RQS 110 degrees 30 minutes, and the angle QRS 45 degrees 10 min. and the side QS 303 feet, had been given, and the side RS required, the manner of work had been the same; for,
As the sine of the angle QRS 45 degrees 10 min. | 9,850745 |
Is to the Logarithm of the side QS 303 feet, | 2,481443 |
So is the sine of RQS 110 deg. 30 min. (or 69 de. 30 m.) | 9,971588 |
the sum of the second and third terms | 12,453031 |
the first term substracted | 9,850745 |
To the Logarithm of the side RS, | 2,602286 |
The absolute number answering to this Logarithm is 400, and so much is the side RS.
¶ In this case, because the angle RQS is more then 90 degrees, you must therefore take the complement thereof to 180 degrees, so 110 degrees 30 minutes, being taken from 180 degrees, there remains 69 degrees 30 min. whose Sine is the same with 110 deg. 30 min. and being used in stead thereof, will effect the same thing.
By the lines of Sines and Numbers.
Extend the Compasses from the Sine of 45 degrees 10 min. to 303, the same extent will reach from the sine of 69 deg. 30 min. to 400. which is the side RS required.
[Page 81]Or the Compasses being opened to the distance between the sine of 45 deg. 10 min. and 69 deg. 30 min. the same distance will reach from 303 to 400 as before.
CASE VIII. Two sides and an angle opposite to one of them being given, to finde the angle opposite to the other.
IN the same Triangle, let there be given, the side QS 303, and QR 176, together with the angle QSR 24 degrees 20 minutes, and let it be required to finde the angle QRS, the proportion is,
As the Logarithm of the side QR 176, | 2,245513 |
Is to the sine of the angle QSR, 24 deg. 20 min. | 9,614944 |
So is the Logarithm of the side QS 303, | 2,481443 |
the sum of the second and third numbers | 12,096387 |
the first number substracted from the sum | 2,245513 |
To the sine of the angle QRS, | 9,850374 |
The neerest degree answering to this sine is 45 degrees 10 min. which is the quantity of the angle QRS, required.
By the lines of Sines and Numbers.
Extend the Compasses from 176, to the sine of 24 degrees 20 minutes, the same extent will reach from 303 to 45 deg. 10 min. the angle QRS.
Or, the distance between 176 and 303, will be equall to the distance between 24 degrees 20 minutes, and 45 deg. 10 min.
CASE IX. Having two sides, and the angle contained by them given, to finde either of the other angles.
THis Case will seldome come in use in Surveying, because the thing required is an angle, which are most commonly given, they being observed by Instrument, and therefore in this place may be omitted, partly because the proposition is not wrought by Sines and Logarithms, but by Tangents and Logarithms, and there is no Tables of Tangents in this Book, to work the proportion by: Yet those that are desirous to resolve all kinde of Triangles by the proportionall lines, may have added to the lines of artificiall sines and Numbers, a line of artificiall Tangents, and these three lines together, [Page 82] will resolve all Cases in Sphericall, as well as in plain Triangles.
For the performance of this Probleme, suppose there were given the side QS 303, and the side RQ 176, and the angle comprehended by them; namely, the angle RQS 110 degrees 30 minutes, and it were required to finde either of the other angles.
First, Take the summe and difference of the two given sides, their summe is 479, and their difference is 127. Then knowing that the three angles of all right lined Triangles are equall to two right angles or 180 degrees, ( by the 17. Theor. of Chap. 3.) therefore the angle RQS being 110 degrees 30 minutes, if you substract this angle from 180 degrees, the remainder will be 69 deg. 30 min. which is the summe of the two unknown angles at R and S, the halfe whereof is 34 deg. 45 min.
The side QS, | 303 |
The side QR, | 176 |
The summe of the sides, | 479 |
The difference of the sides | 127 |
The halfe sum of the two unknown angles 34 deg. 45 min.
The summe and difference of the sides being thus found, and also the halfe summe of the two unknown angles, the proportion by which you must finde the angles severally is,
As the Logarithm of the summe of the sides, 479, | 2,680335 |
Is to the Logarithm of the difference of the sides, 127, | 2,103804 |
So is the Tangent of the halfe summe of the two unknown angles 34 degrees, 45 minutes, | 9,841187 |
the summe of the second and third numbers | 11,944991 |
the first number substracted | 2,680335 |
To the Tangent of 10 degrees 25 minutes, | 9,264656 |
[Page 83]These 10 degrees 25 minutes, being added to the halfe summe of the two unknown angles, namely, to 34 degrees 45 minutes; the summe will be 45 degrees 10 minutes, the quantity of the angle QRS, which is the greater angle of the two: Also, these 10 degrees 25 minutes, being substracted from the same halfe sum, there remaineth 24 degrees 20 minutes for the angle QSR, which is the lesser of the unknown angles: and thus are either of the enquired angles easily found.
By the lines of Tangents and Numbers.
Extend the Compasses from the summe of the sides 479, to the difference of the sides 127, the same extent upon the line of Tangents will reach from the Tangent of 34 degrees 45 minutes (which is the halfe summe of the two unknown angles) to the Tangent of 10 degrees 25 minutes, and these 10 degrees 25 minutes, added to, and substracted from the halfe summe, as before is shewed, will give the quantity of either of the two unknown angles.
CASE X. The three sides of a right lined plain Triangle being given, how to finde the Area, or the superficiall content thereof.
FIrst, Adde the three sides together, and from the halfe summe substract each side severally, to the end you may have the difference betwixt that halfe summe and each side: this done, adde
the Logarithms of the said halfe summe, and of those differences together: and lastly, dividing the summe of those Logarithms by 2, you have the Logarithm of the superficiall content or area of the Triangle.
EXAMPLE.
Let the Triangle given be ABC, the sides thereof being 20, 13, 11, how much is the superficiall content thereof?
[Page 84]The summe of the sides is 44, the halfe summe is 22, the differences betwixt each side and that halfe are 2, 9, 11, which numbers rank in this order following.
The halfe summe | 22 | 1,342423 |
The differences, | 2 | 0,301030 |
9 | 0,954243 | |
11 | 1,041393 | |
The summe of the Logarithms | 3,639089 | |
The Area or Content required, 66. | 1,819544 |
And this Area, or superficiall Content thus found, is alwayes of the same nature with the sides of the Triangle, that is to say, if the sides of the Triangle be given in feet, then is the content found in feet; also, if the sides be Perches, you shall have the content in perches, and so of any other measure whatsoever. I might add hereunto divers other Cases, but in this place at present let these suffice.
THE COMPLEAT SURVEYOR. The Fourth Book.
[Page 179]THE APPLICATION AND VSE of the severall Instruments (before described) in the practise of
SƲRVEYING.
OVr businesse hitherto hath been to provide necessary Instruments and to learn such things which of necessity ought to be known before we enter the Fields to Survey. Being thus provided we come now to apply them severall wayes: First, in taking of Heights and Distances whether accessible or in-accessible; and then in Surveying of Land. In this Book every kinde of work is performed [Page 183] three severall wayes, by three severall Instruments, viz. the Plain Table, the Theodolite, and Circumferentor, by which the congruity and harmony of the severall Instruments may be easily discerned, and the truth of every Example may the better appear. Here is also divers wayes of Surveying by one and the same Instrument, that is, to take the Plot of a Field severall wayes, and to measure all kinde of Grounds whatsoever, whether Woodland or other. Here is also shewn how to take the Plot of a whole Mannor, and to keepe your account in your Field-Book after the best and most easiest manner: with divers Rules, Cautions, and Directions, throughout the whole Book inserted.
CHAP. I. Of the use of the Scale.
HAving before described the severall Instruments belonging to Surveying, I will now shew the use of them: and first, of the Scale. The Scale is principally intended for the laying out of lines, for which purpose the severall Scales of equal parts are there divided, some of greater and some of lesser quantities: the uses of all the lines being the same, for each line is divided into 11 equall parts, representing 11 Chains, and these grand divisions are numbered with Arithmeticall Figures by 1, 2, 3, &c. to 10, then the uppermost large division is again divided into ten other smaller parts, each part containing 10 links of your Chain, each of which smaller parts you may suppose to be again divided into ten other lesser parts, representing single Links of your Chain.
1. Any length being measured by your Chain, how to lay down the same distance upon paper.
Suppose, that measuring along a hedge with your Chain, you finde the length thereof to contain 5 Chains 60 Links: Now to take this distance from your Scale, and lay it down upon paper, do thus. First, Draw a line as AB, then place one foot of your Compasses upon your Scale at the figure 5, for your five Chains, and [Page 180] extend the other foot to six of the small divisions (which represents the 60 Links) then set this distance upon the line drawn from A to B, so shall the line AB contain 5 Chains 60 Links, if you take the distance from the Scale of 10 in an Inch.
But if you would have your line shorter, and yet to contain 5 Chains 60 Links, then take your distance from a smaller Scale, as of 12, 16, 20, or 24 in an Inch, so shall the 5 Chains 60 Links end at C, if taken from the Scale of 12 in an inch, or at D, by the Scale of 16, or at E by the Scale of 24: either of which lines will contain 5 Chains 60 Links, and be in proportion one to the other as the Scales from whence they were taken. And in this manner may any number of Chains and Links be taken from any of the Scales.
2. A right line being given, to finde how many Chains and Links are therein contained, according to any Scale assigned.
Suppose AB were a line given, and it were required to finde how many Chains and Links are contained therein, according to the Scale of 10 in an inch. Take in your Compasses the length of the line AB, and applying it to your Scale of 10 in an Inch, you shall finde the extent of the Compasses to reach from 5 of the great divisions to fix of the lesser divisions, wherefore the line AB contains 5 Chains and 60 Links: The like must be done for any other line, and also by any of the other Scales.
Upon the Ruler there is (besides the severall Scales of equall parts) a Line or Scale of Chords, which is numbered by 10, 20, 30, &c. to 90, and this line serveth to protract or lay down angles; but in all the prectise of Surveying a Protractor is much more convenient, yet for other uses this line may be very serviceable, and when a Protractor is wanting, it may supply that defect: the manner how to use it is thus.
3. How to lay down upon paper, an angle containing any number of degrees and minutes, by the Line of Chords.
Draw a line at pleasure, as AB, and from the point A, let it be required to protract an angle of 40 degrees 20 minutes. First, extend your Compasses upon the line of Chords, from the beginning thereof to 60 degrees alwayes, and with this distance, setting one [Page 181]
foot upon the point A, with the other describe the pricked arch BC, then with your Compasses take 40 degrees 20 minutes (which is the quantity of the inquired angle) out of the line of Chords, from the beginning thereof to 40 degrees 20 minutes, then (the Compasses so resting) if you set one foot thereof upon B, the other will reach upon the arch to C. Lastly, draw the line AC, so the angle CAB shall contain 40 degrees 20 minutes.
4. Any angle being given, to finde what number of degrees and minutes are contained therein.
Suppose CAB were an angle given, and that it were required to finde the quantity thereof. Open your Compasses (as before) to 60 degrees of your Chord, and placing one foot in [...], with the other describe the arch CB, then take in your Compasses the distance CB, and measuring that extent upon the little of Chords from the beginning thereof, you shall finde it to reach to 40 degrees 20 minutes, which is the quantity of the required angle.
If any angle given or required shall contain above 20 degrees, you must then protract it at twice, by taking first the whole line, and then the remainder.
CHAP. II. Of the use of the Protractor.
ALthough the chiefe uses of the Protractor may be performed by the line of Chords last spoken of, yet for avoyding of superfluous lines and arches (which must otherwise be drawn all over your Plot) the Protractor is far more convenient, the [...] [...]ereof is,
1. To lay down upon paper an angle of any quantity.
First, draw a right line at length as AB, then on any part thereof, as on C, place the center of the Protractor, in which point also fix your protracting pin, and turn the Protractor about upon the center, till the Meridian line of the Protractor (noted in the description thereof with EF) lie directly on this line AB, the Semicircle of the Protractor lying upwards (or from you) then close to the edge of the Semicircle, at the division of 50 degrees, mark the point D with your protracting pin; and draw the line CD, so shall the angle DCA, contain 50 degrees.
2. Any angle being given, to finde the quantity thereof by the Protractor.
Suppose DCB were an angle given, and that it were required to finde the quantity thereof by the Protractor. First, you must apply the center of the Protractor to the point C, and the Meridian line thereof directly upon the line DC, then shall you finde the line CB to lie directly under 130 degrees of the Protractor, and such is the quantity of the angle DCB required.
CHAP. III. Of the Plain Table, how to set the parts thereof together, and make it fit for the field.
WHen you would make your Table fit for the field, lay the three boards thereof togeth [...] and also the ledges at each end thereof in their due pla [...] [...]ccording as they are marked. Then lay a sheet of white paper [...] over the Table, which must be stretched over all the boards by putting on the Frame, which bindes both the paper to the boards, and the boards one to another. [Page 178] Then screw the Socket on the back side of the Table, and also the Box and Needle in its due place, the Metidian line of the Card (which is in the Box) lying parallel to the Meridian or Diameter of the Table; which diameter is a right line drawn upon the Table from the beginning of the degrees through the center, and so to the end of the degrees. Then put the Socket upon the head of the Staffe, and there screw it. Also, put the sights into the Index, and lay the Index on the Table, so is your Instrument prepared for use as a Plain Table or Theodolite, the difference only being in placing of the Index, for when you use your Instrument as a Plain Table, you may pitch your center in any part of the Table, which you shall think most convenient for the bringing on of the work which you intend: But if you use your Instrument as a Theodolite, then the Index must be turned about upon the Center of the Table, for which purpose there is a piece of wier which goes through a small hole of brasse fastened to the Index, and so into the center, by which means the Index keepes his constant place, only moving upon the center.
Your Instrument being thus ordered, you may use it either as a Plain Table or a Theodolite, but if you would use it as a Circumferentor, you need only screw the Box and Needle to the Index, and both of them to the head of the Staffe, with a brasse screw-pin fitted for that purpose, so that the Staffe being fixed in any place, the Index and fights may turn about at pleasure without moving of the Staffe, and now is your Instrument a good Circumferentor, nay better then that before described in the second Book.
Also, when you have occasion to measure any Altitude, hang the Labell upon the farther Sight, and thus are you exactly fitted for all occasions.
CHAP. IV. How to measure the quantity of any angle in the field, by the Plain Table, Theodolite, and Circumferentor: and also to observe an angle of Altitude.
YOu must understand that when I mention the Plain Table, or perform any work thereby, that I mean the Table when it is covered with a sheet of paper, upon which, all observations of angles that are taken upon the Table in the field do agree exactly in proportion with those of the field it selfe, but are not denominated by their quantities, but by their symetry or proportion.
Secondly, When I mention the Theodolite, or work by that [Page 184] Instrument, I do not mean the Theodolite before described in the 2 Chapter of the 2 Book, but I mean the degrees described on the frame of the Table, which supplies the use thereof.
Thirdly, When I mention or make use of the Circumferentor, I mean the Index with the Box and Needle screwed to the Staffe.
¶ Having thus given you a sufficient description of the severall Instruments and their parts, I come now to the use of them, shewing how any angle in the field may be measured by any of them. And,
1. How to observe an angle in the Field by the Plain Table.
Suppose EK and KG to be two hedges, or two sides of a field, including the angle EKG, and that it were required to draw upon your Table, an angle equall thereunto. First, place your Instrument as neer the angular point K, as conveniencie will permit, turning it about till the North end of the Needle hang directly over the Flower-de-luce in the Box, and then screw the Table fast. Then upon your Table, with your protracting pin or Compasse point, assigne any point at pleasure upon the Table, and to that point apply the edge of the Index, turning the Index about upon that point, till through the sights thereof you espie a mark set up at E, or parallel to the line EK, and then, with your protracting pin, or Compasse point, or Black-lead, draw a line by the side of the Index to the assigned point upon the Table. Then (the Table remaining immoveable) turn the Index about upon the same point, and direct the sights to a mark set up at G, or parallel thereto, that is, so far distant from G, as your Instrument is placed from K, and then, by the side of the Index, draw another line to the assigned point, so shall you have drawn upon your Table two lines, which shall represent the two hedges EK and KG, and those lines shall include an angle equall to the angle EKG, and although you know not the quantity of this angle yet you may (by the 1 or 2 Chapters of this Book, finde the quantity thereof if there were any need, for in working by this Instrument, it is sufficient only to give the symetry or proportion of angles and not their quantities, as in working by the Theodolite or Circumferentor it is. Also, in working by the Plain Table, there needeth no protraction at all, for you shall have upon your Table the true figure of any angle or angles which you observe in the field, in their true positions, without any farther trouble.
2. How to finde the quantity of an angle in the field by the Theodolite.
Let it be required to finde the quantity of the angle EKG by [Page 185]
the Theodolite: place your Instrument at K, laying the Index on the diameter thereof, then turn the whole Instrument about (the Index still resting on the Diameter) till through the sights you espie the mark at E, then screwing the Instrument fast there, turn the Index about upon the center, till through the sights you espie the mark at G, then note what degrees (on the frame of the Table) are cut by the Index, which you will finde to be 114 degrees, and that is the quantity of the angle EKG.
3. How to finde the quantity of any angle in the field, by the Circumferentor.
If it were required to finde the quantity of the former angle EKG, by the Circumferentor; First, place your Instrument (as before) at K, with the Flower-de-luce, in the Card, towards you; then direct your sights to E, and observe what degrees in the Card are cut by the South end of the Needle, which let be 296, then turning the Instrument about the staffe (the Flower-de-luce alwayes towards you) direct the sights to G, noting then also what degrees are cut by the South end of the Needle, which suppose 182, this done (alwayes) substract the lesser number of degrees out of the greater, as in this Example 182 from 296, and the remainder is 114 degrees, which is the true quantity of the angle EKG.
Again; the Instrument standing at K, and the sights being directed to E, as before, suppose that the South end of the Needle had cut 79 degrees; and then directing the sights to G, the same end of the needle had cut 325 degrees, now, if from 325, you substract 79, the remainder is 246, but because this remainder 246 is greater then 180, you must therefore substract 246 the remainder, from 360, and there will remain 114, the true quantity of the inquired angle, and thus you must alwayes do, when the remainder exceedeth 180 degrees.
¶ This adding and substracting for the finding of angles, may seeme tedious to some, but here the Reader is desired to [Page 186] take notice, that for quick dispatch, the Circumferentor is as good an Instrument as the best, for in going round a field, or in surveying of a whole Mannor, you are not to take notice of the quantity of any angle, but only to observe what degrees the needle cutteth, which in those cases is sufficient, as will appear hereafter, but in taking of distances by the Circumferentor it is altogether necessary, as may appear by the 7 Chap. following, and for that reason I have here shewed how to finde an angle by the Circumferentor, and also that you might thereby perceive what congruity and harmony there is in all the three Instruments.
4. How to set the Index and Labell Horizontall upon the Staffe.
When you have screwed the Index and sights to the Staffe as a Circumferentor, before you put the Labell upon the brasse pin or wier, you must hang a line and plummet upon that pin, and then put on the Label, then move the Index up and down till the thred and plummet hang directly upon a line which is gaged from under the pin all along the Sight, and then doth the Instrument stand horizontall or levell, which it must alwayes do when you take an altitude therewith.
5. How to observe an angle of Altitude.
The Label which is to be hanged on one of the sights of the Circumferentor (as was intimated in the description thereof) and the Tangent line on the edge of the Index, is only for the finding of angles of Altitude, and is therefore only usefull in taking of heights, and in surveying of mountanous and uneven grounds.
The manner how to observe an angle of Altitude by this Label, and the Tangent line on the Index, is thus.
Suppose CA to be a Tree, Tower or Hill, whose height were required. Your Instrument being placed at B, exactly levell, direct the sights thereof towards CA, and there fix it, hanging the Labell on the farthermost fight, upon a pin for that purpose; then move the Labell too and fro, along the side of the Index, till through the sight at the end of the Label, and by the Pin on which the Label hangeth, you espie the very top of the object to be measured at C, then note what degree of the Tangent line is cut by the Labell, which suppose 30, and that is the quantity of the angle of Altitude, it being equall to the angle CBA,
Thus by the Rules in this Chapter delivered, may the true quantity of any angle be easily taken, and this is the most convenient use to be first placed, I will now shew how by your severall Instruments yo may take all manner of heights and distances, whether accessible or inaccessible, severell wayes, with divers other necessary conclusions incident thereunto.
CHAP. V. How to take an inaccessible Distance at two stations by the three forementioned Instruments, and first, by the Plain Table.
YOu are taught in the last Chapter how to make observation of any angle in the field by the severall Instruments before mentioned, as the Plain Table, Theodolite, and Circumferentor, and also an angle of Altitude by the Index, and the Labell thereunto annexed. I conceive it now convenient to shew how all manner of heights and distances may be readily and exactly measured, severall wayes, whether they be accessible or inaccessible: and first of distances.
¶ You may remember that I formerly intimated, that the measuring of a Height or Distance is only to resolve a Triangle, so that when you make any observation either of Height or Distance, the observation of angles which you make are the angles of some Triangle, and the lines which you measure on the ground, are the sides of the same Triangle, and these are the given parts of the Triangle.
[Page 188]The manner how to take a distance by the Plain Table is thus. Suppose you were standing in a field at R, and that at S were some eminent mark (as a Tree, Church, House, or such like) and that it were required to finde the distance between R and S.
First, place your Table at R, and thereon assigne any point at pleasure, unto which point apply the edge of your Index, turning it about upon that point, till through the sights you espie the mark at S, and draw a line by the side of [...]he Index, as RS.
Then in some other convenient place of the field (as at Q) let a staffe or other mark be erected, and the Table remaining as before, turn the Index about, till through the sights you espie the mark at Q, drawing a line by the side thereof, as RQ, so have you described upon your Table an angle equall to the angle QRS. Then (with your Chain) measure the distance QR, which let be 176 foot, then take with your Compasses 176 out of any Scale, and set it upon your Table from R to Q, so shall this point Q upon your Table, represent the mark at Q in the field.
This done, set up a staffe a R, and remove your Table to Q, laying the Index upon the line QR, and holding it fast there, turn the whole Table about till through the sights you espie the mark set up at your former place of standing at R: then screw the Table fast, and lay the Index on the point Q, turning it about, till through the sights you espie your mark at S, then draw a line by the side of the Index, which will cut the line RS (first drawn) in the point S.
By this means shall you have upon your Table a Triangle equall to the Triangle QRS, the correspondent sides and angles thereof being proportionally equall with those in the field: therefore, if with your Compasses you take the length of the side RS, and apply that distance to the same Scale from whence you tooke the side QR, you shall finde it to contain 400 foot, and that is the distance between R and S. Likewise, if you take with your Compasses the length of the line QS, and apply it to the same Scale, you shall finde it to contain almost 303, and so many foot is the distance QS.
¶ In this manner may the distance between any two places be measured, although they be so scituated, that by reason of water or other impediments you cannot approach neere unto them. And here note, rhat when you take your second station, that you take it as large as the ground will permit, [Page 189] so shall your work be so much the truer, by now much the distance taken is the larger.
CHAP. VI. How to take an inaccessible distance at two stations by the Theodolite.
IN the former Diagram, let R and Q be two stations, from either of which it is required to finde the distance to S.
First, place your Instrument at R, laying the Index and sights upon the Diameter thereof, turning the whole Instrument about, till through the sights you espie your second station at Q, and there screw it fast, then turn the Index about upon the center, till through the sights you espie the mark at S, noting the degrees cut by the Index, which suppose 45 degrees 10 minutes. Then remove your Instrument to Q, laying the Index on the Diameter thereof, and holding it there, turn the whole Instrument about, till through the sights you espie your mark at S, and fixing the Instrument there, turn the Index about til through the sights you see the mark set up at your former station at R, noting the degrees there cut, which let be 110 degrees 30 minutes. This done, measure the distance of your two stations Q R, which let be 176 feet, 10 in the Oblique angled Triangle QSR, you have given, (1) the angle SRQ, 45 degrees 10 minutes, the angle observed at your first station. (2) the angle RQS, 110 degrees 30 minutes, which was the angle observed at your second station. And (3) you have given the side RQ 176 foot, which is the distance of your two stations: and you are to finde the two other sides RS, and QS which you may finde by the 7 Case of the 4 Chapter of the 3 Book, in this manner: for,
Having the two angles QRS, and RQS given, you have also the third angle RSQ given, 24 degrees 20 minutes, it being the complement of the other two to 180 degrees. (by the 17 of Chap. 3, Lib. 3.) Then to finde the other two sides, the proportion is;
I. For the side QS.
- As the sine of the angle RSQ, 24 degrees 20 minutes,
- Is to the Logarithm of the side RQ 176 foot,
- So is the sine of the angle QRS 45 degrees 10 minutes,
- To the Logarithm of the side QS, 303 foot ferè.
II. For the side RS.
- As the sine of the angle QRS [...] degrees 10 minutes,
- Is to the Logarithm of the side QS, 303 foot,
- So is the sine of the angle RQS 110 deg. 30 min. (or 69 d. 30 m.)
- To the Logarithm of the side RS, 400 foot.
Which is the distance required.
[Page 190]¶ I have been larger upon this particular then I intended (having sufficiently insisted thereon before in the dimension of plain Triangles) but that the Reader may fully understand these necessary conclusions, I have in this example used all the perspicuity I could imagine, so that in the subsequent Chapters I may be the briefer, for this being well understood, he may easily apprehend any of the other at the first view.
CHAP. VII. How to take an in-accessible distance at two stations by the Circumferentor.
LEt it be required to finde the distance from R and Q to S. First, place your Instrument at R, and direct the sights to S, observing what degrees the South end of the Needle cutteth, which let be 315 degrees 30 min. then turning the Instrument about, direct the sights to Q observing what degrees the needle there cutteth, which let be 270 degrees 20 minutes, therefore from 315 degrees 30 minutes, substract 270 degrees 20 minutes, and there will remain 45 degrees 10 minutes, which is the quantity of the angle SRQ.
Then remove the Instrument to Q, and direct the sights to R, the Needle cutting 91 degrees 00 minutes, also, direct the sights to S, the needle cutting 340 degrees 30 minutes, now if you substract 91 degrees 00 minutes, from 340 degrees 30 minutes, the remainder is 249 degrees 30 minutes, which (because it exceedeth 180 degrees) substract from 360 degrees, and there remains 110 degrees 30 min. the true quantity of the angle RQS.
Having thus obtained the two angles RQS and SRQ, you must measure the stationary distance QR 176 foot, so have you given in the Triangle QRS, (1) the angle RQS 110 degrees 30 minutes, (2) the angle QRS, 45 degrees 10 minutes, (3) the angle QSR, 20 degrees 10 minutes, (the complement of the other two to 180 degrees, and (4) the stationary distance QR 176 foot, whereby you may finde the other sides QS and RS, according to the doctrine delivered in the foregoing Chapter.
dg. | min. | |
First station at R, degrees cut | 315 | 30 |
270 | 20 | |
The quantity of the angle QRS | 45 | 10 |
[Page 191]Second station at Q, degrees cut | 340 | 30 |
91 | 00 | |
249 | 30 | |
360 | 00 | |
The quantity of the angle RQS | 110 | 30 |
The stationarie distance 176 foot.
Having these things given, if you resolve the Triangle QRS, you shall finde the side RS to contain 400 foot, and the side QS 303 foot ferè, as in the last Chapter.
CHAP. VIII. How to protract or lay down a Distance taken, according to the directions of the two last Chapters, upon paper, by help of your Protractor or line of Chords.
WHen you make any observations in the field, by the Theodolite or Circumferentor, you are to note down the quantities of the severall lines and angles observed in the field, in a Book or paper, so that they may be ready at hand when you come to protraction, and this is the usuall way.
Suppose it were required to draw upon paper or pastboard the true symetry or proportion of the distance taken in the last Chapter.
First, upon your paper draw a line at length as RQ, then, upon one end thereof, as at R, place the center of your Protractor, and [...]ay the Meridian line EF of the Protractor, directly upon the line
QR: then, (because the angle QRS is 45 degrees 10 minutes, therefore, against 45 degrees 10 minutes of your Protractor, make a mark upon your paper with your Protracting pin (as is before taught Chap. 2.) and draw the line RS. This done, from any Scale, take [Page 192] your stationarie distance RQ 176 foot, and set it from R to Q. Then upon the point Q (because the angle RQS contains 110 degreet 30 minutes) place the center of the Protractor, and turn it about till the line RQ lie directly under 110 degrees, then (at the point E of the Protractor) make a mark with your protracting pin, and through that point draw the line QS, which will cut the line RS in the point S: then if you measure the length of the lines QS and RS, by the same Scale from whence you took 176 for the line QR, you shall finde the line QS to contain 303, and the line RS to contain 400, exactly agreeing with the numbers found in the last Chapter.
CHAP. IX. How to take the altitude of any Tower, Tree, Steeple, or the like (being accessible) by the Labell and Tangent line.
HAving in the 5 Section of the 4 Chapter of this Book, shewn how to observe an angle of Altitude by the Labell and Tangent line, we now come to the further use thereof.
Suppose therefore that the line CA were a Tree Tower, Steeple, or other thing, whose height were required.
First, place your Instrument at any convenient distance from the Base or foot of the object to be measured, as at B, and there looking through the sights or the Labell, till you espie the top of the Altitude at C, note what degrees of the Tangent line is cut by the Label, for that is the quantity of the angle of Altitude, namely, the angle CBA, which suppose 30 degrees: then is the other angle BCA 60 degrees, it being the complement of the former to 90 degrees. [Page 193]
Then (with your Chain or otherwise) measure the distance from B (the place of your standing) to A, (the foot of the thing to be measured,) which suppose 400 foot: Then in the Triangle ABC, there is given (1) the angle CBA 30 degrees, (2) the angle BCA, 60 degrees, and (3) the distance BA 400 foot, and it is required to finde the side CA, by the 1 Case of right angled plain Triangles: For,
- As the sine of the angle BCA, 60 degrees,
- Is to the Logarithm of the side BA 400 foot;
- So is the fine of the angle CBA 30 degrees,
- To the Logarithm of the side CA.
This proportion being wrought according to the former directions, the side CA will be found to contain almost 231 foot, and that is the height of CA required.
CHAP. X. How to protract or lay down upon paper, the observation made in the last Chapter.
HAving drawn a line upon your paper as BA, place the center of the Protractor upon B, now (because when you made your observation at B, the degrees cut were 30) turn the Protractor about till the line BA lie just under 30 degrees, then (with your protrocting pin) make a mark by the edge of your Protractor against 00 degrees, and draw the line BC, so shall the angle CBA contain 30 degr. Then (because the measured distance BA was 400 foot,) take 400 from any of your Scales of equall parts, and set that distance from B to A, and from the point A, erect the perpendicular AC, which perpendicular being taken in your Compasses, and measured upon the same Scale from whence the 400 foot was taken, you shall finde it to contain almost 231 foot, and so much is the altitude CA as before.
CHAP. XI. How to take an in-accessible Altitude, by the Labell and Tangent line.
FOr the effecting hereof you must make two observations with your Instrument. Let the line BC in this figure represent some Object whose height is required: First, place your Instrument at A, and direct the sights to B, the top of the object, noting what degrees of the Tangent line are cut by the Labell, which let be 50 degrees, the quantity of the angle BAC. Now, because you cannot come to measure the distance from A to C, by reason of some River or other impediment lying between A and C, therefore, with your Chain, measure out from A towards C, any number of feet, according as the ground will permit, as from A to D, which suppose to be 200 foot, and at D, place
your Instrument again, and there observe the quantity of the angle BDC, which suppose to be 64 degrees, these two angles being known, the two opposite angles are also known, for the angle BAC being 50 degrees, the whole angle ABC must be 40 degrees, the complement of the former to 90 degrees: again, the angle BDC being 64 degrees, the angle DBC must be the complement thereof, namely 26 degrees, then if you substract the angle DBC 26 degrees, from the whole angle ABC 40 degrees, there will remain 14 degrees for the angle ABD, by the knowledge whereof you [Page 195] may attain the altitude BC; for, in the Triangle ABD you have given,
- 1. The angle BAD, 50 degrees,
- 2. The angle ABD, 14 degrees,
- 3. The distance AD 200 foot,
Which (by the former directions) will help you to finde the length of the side DB, either by the Tables in the 3 Book, or by the Lines of artificiall Numbers Sines and Tangents on the Index of your Table, as is formerly taught, the proportion being,
- As the sine of the angle ABD, 14 degrees,
- Is to the Logarithm of the side AD, 200 foot;
- So is the sine of the angle BAD, 50 degrees,
- To the Logarithm of the side DB.
Which by working according to the former directions, will be found to be 633 foot.
Then must you make a second work in the Triangle BCD, in which you have given,
- 1. The angle BDC, 64 degrees,
- 2. The angle DBC 26 degrees,
- 3. The side DB, 633 foot,
And you are to finde the side BC, the altitude required, wherefore say again,
- As the sine of the angle BCD, 90 degrees,
- Is to the Logarithm of the side DB 633 foot;
- So is the sine of the angle BDC 64 degrees,
- To the Logarithm of the Altitude BC:
Which according to the former Doctrine will be found to be 569 foot.
CHAP. XII. How to Protract the observation taken in the last Chapter.
WHen you have made your observation as in the last Chapter, and noted down in a Book or otherwise, that the degrees cut at your first station at A were 50, and the degrees cut at the second station at D were 64, and that your stationarie distance AD was 200 foot, you may immediately finde the Altitude BC by protraction, thus.
First, draw a line as AC, in which line let A represent your first station, whereon lay the center of your Protractor, and make the angle BAC to contein 50 degrees (as hath been severall times before [Page 196] shewn:) and draw the line AB. Then upon the line AC set off the distance of your two stations 200 foot from A to D, then bring your Protractor to D (which represents your second station) and placing the center of your Protractor thereupon, set off an angle of 64 degrees, as BDC, and draw the line DB, then where these two lines AB and DB intersect or meet, which is in the point B, from that point let fall the perpendicular BC, the length whereof being measured upon the same Scale from whence you tooke the distance AD, will give you 569 foot, and that is the altitude of AB, which was required.
CHAP. XIII. How to take the distance of divers places one from another, according to their true scituation, in plano, and to make (as it were) a Map thereof, by the Plain Table.
THis Proposition is of good use to describe in plano the most eminent places in a Town or City, and to make (as it were) a Map thereof. Let A B C D E F G, be certain eminent places scituate in some Town or City, and let it be required to describe all those places upon paper, by which the distance of any of them one from another, may be readily found.
At some convenient distance from the City, Town, or Field, make choice of two other convenient places as K and L, from either of which you may plainly discern all the marks which you intend to describe in your Map. Then, at one of these places, (as at K) place your Table, and neere one of the sides thereof draw a line parallel to the edge of the Table; In this line assigne any point, as K, for your first station, and laying the Index upon this line, turn the Table about, till through the sights you espie the other place which you intend for your second station, which found, screw the Table fast there.
Then laying the Index to the point K, turn it about, till through the sights you espie your first mark at A, and by the side of the Index draw the line AK. Secondly, turn the Index to the second mark at B, and draw the line BK. Thirdly, direct your sights to C, and draw the line CK. Fourthly, direct your sights to D, and draw the line DK. Fifthly, direct the sights to E, and draw the line EK. Sixtly, direct the sights to F, and draw the line KF. Lastly, direct the sights to G, and draw the line KG, so have you finished your work at your first station.
This done, with your Chain, measure the distance of your two stations K and L, which suppose to contain 800 foot, and removing your Table to L, lay the Index upon the line KL, turning the Table about, till through the sights you see your first station at K, and there screw it fast so that it alter not so long as your work continueth.
Then laying the Index to the point L, direct your sights to the severall marks as before, namely, to A C B F D E G, and from each of those marks draw lines by the side of the Index, as AL, CL, BL, FL, DL, EL, and GL, so is your work finished at your second station also.
Having thus done, first observe where the line KA crosseth the line LA, which is at A, at which point you may draw the figure, or write the name of the thing which it representeth. Secondly, observe where the line KB crosseth the line LB, which is at B, at which point write the name of the place as before. Thirdly, observe where the lines KC and LC intersect, which is at C, at which point also note the place. Fourthly, at the intersection of KD and LD which is at D, write the name of the place as before.
Do thus with all the rest of the places be they never so many, so shall the severall points of intersection ABCDEFG upon your Table, represent the respective places in the Town or City.
Now to know the distance of any of these places one from another, you must take the distance required in your Compasses, and apply it to the same Scale by which the stationarie distance KL was laid down, and it will there shew you the distance required.
CHAP. XIV. How to perform the work of the last Chapter by the Theodolite.
AS in the last Chapter, make choice of two places, from either of which you may conveniently see all those Marks which you intend to describe, which two places let be K and L. Then placing the Instrument at K, lay [...]he Index on the Diameter thereof, and turn the whole Instrument about till through the sights you espie your second station at L: then fixing the Instrument there, direct your sights to the severall marks A B C D E F G, observing what degrees the Index cutteth when directed to any of the marks intended. As, suppose, your Instrument being fixed at K, and the sights directed to A, the Index cuts 83 degrees 50 minutes; at B, 97 degrees 55 minutes; at C, 114 degrees 10 minutes; at D, 123 degrees 40 minutes; at E, 134 degrees 35 minutes; at F, 138 degrees 30 minutes; and at G, 155 degrees 20 minutes.
Then removing your Instrument to L, lay the Index on the Diameter thereof, and turn it about till through the sights you espie your former station at K, as is before taught: Then directing the sights to your first mark A, the Index cuts 33 degrees 50 minutes; at C, 43 degrees 40 minutes; at B, 54 degrees 10 minutes; at F, 64 degrees; at D, 73 degrees 20 minutes; at E 87 degrees 15 minutes; and at G, 113 degrees 40 minutes.
These severall observations of the degrees cut by the Index at both stations, ought to be noted in a Book or paper, together with the stationarie distance, as in this example.
deg. | min. | ||
First Station | A | 83 | 50 |
B | 97 | 55 | |
C | 114 | 10 | |
D | 123 | 40 | |
E | 134 | 35 | |
F | 138 | 30 | |
G | 155 | 20 |
The Stationarie distance 800 Foot.
Second Station | A | 33 | 50 |
C | 43 | 40 | |
B | 54 | 10 | |
F | 64 | 00 | |
D | 73 | 20 | |
E | 87 | 15 | |
G | 113 | 40 |
By help of this Table of your observations, you may at any time protract the same upon paper, and making a Scale of equall parts answerable to the parts of your stationarie distance, you may with your Compasses measure the distance of any of these marks or places one from another, or from either of your stations.
CHAP. XV. How to protract the former Observations upon paper, and to make a Scale to measure any of the Distances.
YOur paper or parchment being provided, draw thereupon a line at length, and therein assigne two points as K and L, representing your two stations, then upon your first station at K, lay the Center of your Protractor, with the Meridian line thereof (which is noted with EF) directly upon the line KL. Then lay the Table of your observations before you, and seeing that at your first observation the Index cut 83 degrees 50 minutes, you must therefore with your protracting pin make a mark against 83 degrees 50 minutes of your Protractor. Again, seeing that at your second observation the Index cut 97 degrees 55 minutes, therefore, with your protracting pin, make a mark upon your paper, against 97 degrees 55 minutes of your Protractor. And thirdly, seeing that at your third observation your Index cut 114 degrees 10 minutes, you must likewise make a mark against 114 degrees 10 minutes, and [Page 200] thus must you do with all the rest of your observations, be they never so many. Which being done, from the point or station K, you must draw the streight lines KA, KB, KC, KD, &c.
Then remove your Protractor to L, which signifies your second station, laying the Meridian line thereof upon the line KL, and then by your Table, note the angles of your observations made at your second station in all respects as you did those of your first station: so shall you finde that at the first observation at your second station, the Index cut 33 degrees 50 minutes, therefore, with your protracting pin make a mark upon the paper against 33 degrees 50 minutes of the Protractor. Again, the degrees cut at your second observation were 43 degrees 40 minutes, therefore make a mark against 43 degrees 40 minutes of your Protractor. Also, the degrees cut at your third observation were 54 degrees 10 minutes, against which likewise make a mark, dealing with all the rest of your observations in the same manner: then through these severall points, from your station L, draw streight lines till they intersect those lines before drawn from K, which will be the points A B C D E F and G, which points bear a just proportion to the Marks which you observed.
Now to finde the distance of any of these marks one from another, you must divide a line into such equall parts, so that your stationarie distance KL may contain 800 of them. Your Scale being thus made, take in your Compasses the distance between any two marks or places here described, and apply it to your Scale so shall it exactly shew you the true distance between the two places so taken, in the same parts as the the line KL was divided.
In this manner may you with speed and exactnesse attein the true distance and scituation of any Mark or Marks far remote, without approaching neer any of them: and thus in overgrown land, where you can neither go about it, nor measure within it, this Chapter will be of excellent use.
¶ I might here insert divers other Cases concerning the taking of Heights and Distances; as, divers places lying in the same right line to finde their distance; or, part of a Distance or Altitude being given, to finde the whole, with infinite other of that nature, but seeing that these are but parts or branches of what is here delivered, & are rather Problemes of curiosity then use, I will therefore passe them over, and the rather, because these being rightly understood, the performance of any other will be very easie. But remember alwayes in taking of inaccessible Heights and Distances, as also in the plotting of un-passeable grounds, that you take your stationarie distance as large as may be. And if at any time you be required to take the altitude of a Castle, Church or Tree, standing on a Hill, you must perform it at two operations, first, by taking the altitude of the Castle and Hill together as one altitude, and secondly, by taking the height of the Hill alone; then by substracting the height of the Hill [Page 201]
from the whole height, the remainder shall be the height of the Castle. And here note also, that in the taking of all manner of Altitudes, whether accessible or in-accessible, you must alwayes adde to the height found, the height of your Instrument from the ground.
CHAP. XVI. How to take the true plot of a field at one station taken within the same field, so that from thence you may see all the angles of the same field, by the Plain Table.
WHen you enter any field to survey, your first work must be to set up some visible mark at each angle thereof, or let one go continually before you to every angle, holding up a white cloth, or the like, to direct you: which being done, make choice of some convenient place about the middle of the field, from whence you may behold all your Marks, and there place your Table covered with a sheet of paper, the needle hanging directly over the Meridian line of the Card (which you must alwayes have regard unto, especially when you are to survey many fields together.) Then make a mark about the middle of your paper, which shall represent that part of the field where your Table standeth, and laying the Index unto this point, direct your sights to the severall angles where you before placed your marks, and draw lines by the side of the Index [Page 202] upon the paper; then measure the distance of every of these marks from your Table, and by your Scale set the same distances upon the lines drawn upon the Table, making small marks with your Protracting pin or Compasse point at the end of every of them; then lines being drawn from one to another of these points, you shall have upon your Table the exact plot of your Field, all the lines and angles upon the Table being proportional to those of the Field.
Suppose you were to take the plot of the Field ABCDEF. Having placed marks in the severall angles thereof, make choise of some convenient place about the middle of the Field, as at L, from whence you may behold all the marks before placed in the severall angles, and there place your Table, then turn your Instrument about, till the needle hang over the Meridian line of the Card, the North end of which line is noted with a Flower-de-luce, and is represented in this figure by the line NS.
Your Table being thus placed, with a sheet of paper thereupon, make a mark about the middle of your Table which shall represent that place in the field where your Table standeth: then, applying your Index to this point, direct the sights to the first mark at A, and the Index resting there, draw a line by the side thereof to the point L, then with your Chain measure the distance from L, the place where your Table standeth, to A your first mark, which suppose to be 8 Chains 10 Links, then take 8 Chains 10 Links from any Scale, and set that distance upon your Table from L to A, and at A make a mark.
Then directing the sights to B your second mark, draw a line by the side of your Index as before, and measure the distance from your Table at L, to your mark at B, which suppose 8 Chains 75 links, this distance must be taken from your Scale, and set upon your Table from L to B, and at B make another mark.
Then direct the sights to the third mark C, and draw a line by the side of the Index, measuring the distance from L to C, which suppose 10 Chains 65 links; this distance being taken from your Scale and applyed to your Table from L to C, shall give you the point C, representing your third mark.
In this manner you must deale with the rest of the marks at D E and F, and more, if the field had consisted of more angles.
Lastly, when you have made observation of all the marks round the Field, and found the points A B C D E and F upon your Table, you must draw lines frnm one point to another till you conclude where you first began: as draw a line from A to B, from B to C, from C to D, from D to E, from E to F, and from F to A, where you began: then will ABCDEF be the exact figure of your Field, the sides and angles of the said figure bearing an exact proportion to those in the Field, and the line NS, in this and the following figures, alwayes representeth the Meridian line.
CHAP. XVII. How to take the plot of a field at one station taken in the middle thereof by the Theodolite.
PLace marks at the severall angles of the Field as before, and make choice of some convenient place about the middle thereof, as L, from whence you may see all the marks, and there place your Instrument, the Needle hanging directly over the Meridian line in the Card.
This done, direct your sights to the first mark at A, noting what degrees the Index cutteth, which let be 36 degrees 45 minutes, these 36 degrees 45 minutes must be noted down in your Field-book in the first and second Columns thereof. Then measure the distance from L the place of your Instrument, to A your first mark, which let contain 8 Chains 10 Links, these 8 Chains 10 Links must be placed in the third and fourth Column of your Field-book, as hath been directed in the description thereof.
Then direct the sights to B your second mark, and note the degrees cut by the Index, which let be 99 degrees 15 minutes, and the distance LB 8 Chains 75 Links, the 99 degrees 15 minutes must be noted in the first and second Columns of your Field-book, and the 8 Chains 75 Links in the third and fourth Columns.
[Page 204]Then direct your sights to C, your third mark, and note the degrees cut by the Index, which let be 163 degrees 15 minutes, and let the distance LC be 10 Chains 65 Links; the 163 degrees 15 minutes must be noted in the first and second columns of your field-book, and the 10 Chains 65 Links in the third and fourth columns thereof.
Then direct your sights to D, your fourth mark, and note the degrees cut by the Index; which let be 212 degrees:
¶ And here you must note that in using the degrees on the frame of the Table, that after the Index hath passed 180 degrees, which is at the line NS (representing alwayes the Meridian line) you must then count the degrees backward, according as they are numbered on the frame of the Table, from 190 to 360.
Then measure the distance LD, which let be 8 Chains 53 Links; the 212 degrees must be noted in the first Column of your field-book, and the 8 Chains 53 Links in the third and fourth Columns thereof.
Then direct your sights to E, the Index cutting 287 degrees 15 minutes, and the distance LE being 8 Chains 15 Links, these must be noted in your field-book as before, the 287 degrees 15 minutes in the first and second columns, and the 8 Chains 15 Links in the third and fourth.
Lastly, direct the sights to F, your last mark, the Index cutting 342 degrees, and the distance LF being 9 Chains 55 Links, these must be noted down in your field-book in all respects as the former, viz, the 342 degrees in the first column, and the 9 Chains 55 Links in the third and fourth: then will your observations noted in your Field-book stand as in this Table following.
Degrees | Minutes | Chains | Links | |
A | 36 | 45 | 8 | 10 |
B | 99 | 15 | 8 | 75 |
C | 163 | 15 | 10 | 65 |
D | 212 | 00 | 8 | 53 |
E | 287 | 15 | 8 | 15 |
F | 342 | 00 | 9 | 55 |
CHAP. XVIII. How to take the plot of a Field at one station taken in the middle thereof by the Circumferentor.
THere is little difference between the work of this and the last Chapter: for, the marks being placed in the severall angles of the field, and the station appointed at L, place there the Instrument, and turning it about, direct the sights to A (the Flower-de-luce of the Card being alwayes towards you) the South end of the Needle cutting 36 degrees 45 minutes, the same which the Index of the Theodolite did in the last Chapter, then measuring the distance from L to A, you will finde it to contain, as before, 8 Chains 10 Links, which you must note down in your Field-book as in the last Chapter.
Then turning the whole Instrument about (as before) direct the sights to B, the South end of the Needle cutting 99 degrees 15 minutes, and the distance LB wil contain 8 Chains 75 Links, which note down in your Book also.
In this manner must you direct the sights to all the other angles C D E and F, and you shall finde the South end of the Needle [Page 206] alwayes to cut the same degrees in the Card as the Index of the Theodolite did, and the measured lines LC, LD, LE, and LF, will be likewise the same, so that the Table of observations in the last Chapter will serve to protract either this or the other work, as is taught in the next Chapter.
CHAP. XIX. How to protract any observations taken according to the directions in the last Chapter.
FIrst, draw upon your paper or parchment a line at length, which shall represent the Meridian line NS in the figure, then make choice of some point or other in that line, which shall represent your station or place of standing in the Field, as K: upon this point place the center of your Protractor, so that the Meridian line EF of the Protractor, may lie directly upon the Meridian line NS of this figure.
Then laying your Field-book before you; seeing that at your first observation at A, the Index of the Theodolite, or the Needle of the Circumferentor, cut 36 degrees 45 minutes, you must therefore against 36 degrees 45 minutes of your Protractor make a mark upon your paper.
2. Seeing the degrees cut at your second observation were 99 degrees 15 minutes, you must make a mark upon your paper against 99 degrees 15 minutes of your Protractor.
3. The degrees cut at your third observation were 163 degrees 15 minutes, therefore agaigst 163 degrees 15 minutes make a mark upon your paper.
4. The degrees cut by the Index or Needle at your fourth observation being 212 degrees,—
¶ Now because 212 degrees is greater then 180 degrees, you must therefore turn the Semicircle of the Protractor downwards, yet the line EF thereof must lie directly upon the Meridian line NS, as before.
—you must against 212 degrees of the Protractor make a mark upon your paper.
5. Seeing the degrees cut at your fifth observation were 287 deg. 15 minutes, therefore make a mark against 287 degrees 15 minutes of the Protractor.
Lastly, the degrees cut at your last observation were 342, therefore against 342 degrees of your Protractor make a mark with your Protracting pin, as before.
Having thus protracted all the degrees of your severall observations, take away your Protractor, and laying a ruler to the point L, [Page 207]
draw obscure lines from L through those points, which lines will be LA, LB, LC, LD, LE, and LF.
This done, you must observe by your Field-book the length of every line.
As the line LA at your first observation was 8 Chains 10 Links, therefore, 8 Chains 10 Links being taken from your Scale, and set upon your paper from L to A, it shall give you the point A upon your paper.
2. The length of your second line being 8 Chains 75 Links, you must take 8 Chains 75 Links from your Scale, and set it upon your paper from L to B.
3. The line LC being 10 Chains 65 Links, you must therefore take 10 Chains 65 Links from your Scale, and set it upon your paper from L to C.
And thus must you deale with all the rest of the lines, as LD, LE, and LF.
Lastly, draw the lines AB, BC, CD, DE, EF, and FA, so shall you have the exact figure of the Field upon your paper.
¶ In these four last Chapters you are taught how to take the plot of any field at one station taken in the midst thereof, both by the Plain Table, Theodolite, and Circumferentor, and also how to protract the same. This way of plotting of a field is seldome, or never, used in surveying of divers parcels, but [Page 208] for one particular field it is as good as any, but divers other varieties will appear in the following Chapters.
CHAP. XX. How to take the plot of a Field at one station taken in any angle thereof, from whence all the other angles may be seen, by the Plain Table.
PLace your Table in some convenient angle in the Field to be measured, and turn it about till the Needle hang directly over the Meridian line in the Card, and there fix it: then draw a line parallel to the side of your Table, as NS, in which line assigne any point at pleasure, as H, which shall represent your station or place of standing, unto this point apply the Index, and direct the sights to A and draw a line upon your paper as HA; and measure the distance HA (as was directed before in Chap. 16.) Then direct the sights to B, your second mark, and there likewise draw a line HB, measuring the distance HB, as was taught in the forementioned Chapter.
In like manner direct the sights to C D E F and G, drawing lines by the side of your Index at every observation, and measure with your Chain the distance from H (the place where your Instrument standeth) to the severall angles of the Field A, B, C, D, E, F, and G; which distances being taken in your Compasses, from any Scale, and set upon your Table from H upon the several lines HA, HB, HC, HD, HE, HF, and HG, so shall you have upon your Table the points A, B, C, D, E, F, and G, by which marks draw the lines HA, AB, BC, CD, DE, EF, FG, and GH, which lines will include the exact figure of the Field upon your Table.
CHAP. XXI. How to take the plot of a Field at one station taken in any angle thereof by the Theodolite.
IN the same figure following, having placed your Instrument at H, as is taught in the foregoing Chapter, direct the sights to A, your first mark, noting the degrees cut by the Index, which suppose 22 degrees 15 minutes, these degrees and minutes must be noted in the first and second columns of your Field-book (as hath been before sufficiently taught.) Then with your Chain measure the distance from your station at H to the angle A, which let be 8 Chains 46 Links, which you must place in the third and fourth columns of your Field-book, according to the former directions.
2. Direct your sights to B, noting the degrees there cut, which suppose 42 degrees, 45 minutes, these degrees and minutes place in the first and second Columns of your Field-book, and measure the distance HB, 15 Chains 21 Links, and note them down in the third and fourth Columns thereof.
3. Direct your sights to C, the degrees cut being 66 degrees 30 minutes, and the distance HC 16 Chains 64 Links, note these also in your Field-book as before.
And in this manner must you deale with the other marks D, E, F, and G, so having noted them all in your Field-book they will stand as followeth.
Degrees | Minutes | Chains | Links | |
A | 22 | 15 | 8 | 46 |
B | 42 | 45 | 15 | 21 |
C | 66 | 30 | 16 | 64 |
D | 86 | 45 | 16 | 23 |
E | 122 | 30 | 16 | 68 |
F | 130 | 15 | 15 | 22 |
G | 162 | 00 | 7 | 73 |
CHAP. XXII. How to take the Plot of a field at one station taken in any angle thereof, from which all the rest may be seen, by the Circumferentor.
PLace your Instrument at H, and direct the sights to A (observing the cautions formerly delivered in the use of this Instrument) the Needle cutting 22 degrees 15 min. and the distance HA containing 8 Chains 46 Links, which agrees exactly with the first observation in the last Chapter: these degrees and minutes, together with the measured distance HA, must be noted down in the severall Columns of your Field-book, and if you make observation round about the field, from angle to angle, and measure the length of every line from H, to B C D E F and G, you shall finde the degrees cut by the Needle, to be the same with those (in the last Chapter) cut by the Index, and the measured distances to be likewise equall: and if you make a Table of your observations, you shall finde it the same with that in the last Chapter.
CHAP. XXIII. How to Protract any observation taken according to the Doctrine of the two last Chapters.
FIrst, draw the meridian line NS, and make choice of a point therein representing your stationarie angle, as at H, to which point apply the center of your Protractor, the Semicircle upwards. Then laying your Field-book before you, you may perceive that at your first observation (which was at A) the Index of the Theodolite, or the Needle of the Circumferentor cut 22 degrees 15 minutes, therefore make a mark against 22 degrees 15 minutes, and draw the line HA.
2. The degrees cut at your second observation at B, being 42 degrees 45 minutes, make a mark likewise against 42 degrees 45 min. of your Protractor, and draw the line HB.
3. The degrees cut at your third observation being 66 deg. 30 mi. make a mark against 66 degrees 30 minutes, and draw the line HC.
And in this manner must you proceed with the rest of your observations, D, E, F, and G.
Having thus protracted your angular observations, proceed now to your lineall, namely, to the length of your lines, noted in the third and fourth Columns of your Field-book.
1. Seeing that the length of your first line HA was 8 Chains 46 Links, you must take 8 Chains 46 Links from your Scale, and apply it to your paper from H unto A.
2. The length of your second line HB, being 15 Chains 21 Links, take 15 Chains 21 Links from your Scale, and apply that distance to your paper from H unto B.
3. The distance of your third mark HC being 16 Chains 64 Links, take that distance from your Scale, and apply it to your paper from the point H unto C.
In all respects as before, you must proceed with the measuring of all the other lines about the field, were they never so many.
Lastly, if from these points A B C D E F G and H, you draw the lines AB, BC, CD, DE, EF, FG, and GH, you shall have upon your paper the exact figure of your field.
¶ And herein you may receive abundant satisfaction, to see your severall Instrumentall operations, and your Geometricall protraction so exactly to agree: and if at any time you make severall observations of any one piece of ground, according to the directions of the foregoing Chapters, or the like, if you finde them not exactly to agree, you may be sure you have failed in one or other of your observations, and therefore, before you proceed further, it is best to reform your first errour.
CHAP. XXIV. How to take the Plot of a Field at two stations taken in any parts thereof, by measuring from either of the stations to the visible angles, by the Plain Table.
THis manner of work is chiefely to be used in such Fields which are so irregular that from any one part thereof you cannot discern all the angles, or else in such whose largenesse will not permit a sufficient view of all the angles at once. The manner of work will be the very same with that in the 16 Chap. only the Instrument, in this, must be placed in two severall places, whereas, in that, the same thing was effected at once placing of the Instrument.
Suppose then that ABCDEFGHIKL and M, were such an irregular Field as is before spoken of. Having made choice of two places within the same for your two stations, as O and Q, from which you may conveniently see all the angles.
First, place your Table at O, turning it about till the needle hang directly over the Meridian line in the Card, represented in this figure by the line NOS. Then fixing the Table there, you must
- (1.) direct the sights to A, and by the side of the Index draw the line AO, containing 7 Chains 46 Links.
- (2.) direct the sights to B, and draw the line BO, containing 7 Chains 18 Links.
- (3.) direct the sights to C, and draw the line OC, containing 7 Chains 21 Links.
- (4.) direct the sights to D, and draw the line OD, containing 6 Chains 33 Links.
- (5.) direct the sights to E, and draw the line OE, containing 5 Chains 57 Links.
- (6.) direct the sights to K, and draw the line OK, containing 7 Chains 83 Links.
- (7.) direct the sights to L, and draw the line OL, containing 9 Chains 95 Links.
- (8.) direct the sights to M, and draw the line OM, containing 5 Chains 8 Links.
Having thus made observation of these angles which are all that can conveniently be seen from your first station at O, and drawn the severall lines OA, OB, OC, OD, OE, OK, OL, and OM, and upon them set the severall lengths as you found them by measuring, as from O to A, 7 Chains 46 Links, from O to B, 7 Chains 18 Links, &c. you must then lay the Index again to the point O, and direct the sights to your second station at Q, drawing the line OQ, then measure the distance from O to Q, which let contain 8 Chains 89 Links.
Then remove your Instrument to Q, and lay the Index upon the line OQ, turning the table about till through the sights you espie your first station at O, then will the Needle hang directly over the Meridian line in the Card as before, and your Instrument is truly scituated in the same position as before, so that you may now deale with the angles F, G, H, and I. (which before you could not conveniently see) as you did with those on the other side of the field, by laying the Index to the point Q, and directing the sights,
- (1.) to E, and drawing the line QE, containing 5 Chains 10 Links.
- (2.) to F, and drawing the line QF, containing 7 Chains 64 Links.
- (3.) to G, and drawing the line QG, containing 6 Chains 40 Links.
- (4.) to H, and drawing the line QH, containing 5 Chains 33 Links.
- (5.) to I, and drawing the line QI, containing 6 Chains 95 Links.
- (6.) to K, and drawing the line QK, containing 7 Chains 61 Links.
These angles being observed and the lines measured as the former were, you shall finde the severall points E, F, G, H, I, and K, on this side of the Field also, so that you may draw the lines AB, BC, CD, DE, EF, FG, GH, HI, IK, KL, LM, and MA, which shall represent upon your Table the exact figure of the field to be measured.
[Page 214]¶ And here note, that in this Example I make observation of the angles E and K at both stations, but there was no deed thereof, only this satisfaction will accrue thereby, for when you have measured your stationarie distance OQ, and removed your Instrument to Q, and there fixed it, when you direct the sights to E or K, and measure the distance QE or QK, and set it off from Q, you shall finde the points E and K to fall directly upon the same points E and K formerly drawn, if there be no errour in your work.
And in this manner may you make three four or five stations for one field if need so require, remembring alwayes, that at every station the Needle hang directly over the Meridian line, or the same degree of the Card at every station.
CHAP. XXV. How to take the true Plot of a Field at two stations taken in any parts thereof, from whence the angles may be seen by the Theodolite.
YOur stations O and Q being chosen, place your Instrument in the Field at O, and turn it about till the Needle hang over the Meridian line, and there fixing it, direct the sights to A, the Index cutting 19 degrees 10 minutes, and the line OA containing 7 Chains 46 Links, the 19 degrees 10 minutes must be placed in the first and second columns of your Field-book, and the 7 Chains 46 Links in the third and fourth columns thereof.
Then direct the sights to B, the Index cutting 53 degrees 30 minutes, and the line OB containing 7 Chains 18 Links, which note down in your Field-book as before.
In this manner proceed with the rest of the lines and angles, namely, so many as you intend to observe at your first nation, viz. A, B, C, D, E, K, L, and M: which done, direct the signes to your second station at Q, the Index cutting 18 degrees 15 minutes, which note down in your Field-book by it selfe: Also measure the stationarie distance OQ, 8 Chains 89 Links, as before, this also must be noted in your Field-book.
Having thus finished one part of the Field, remove your Instrument to Q, and laying the Index upon 18 degrees 15 minutes, (which is the inclination or difference of Meridians between your two stations) turn it about till through the sights you espie your first station at O, then will the Needle hang over the Meridian line, and the Instrument will be truly scituate.
Then direct the sights to E, the Index cutting 52 degrees 15 minutes, and the line QE containing 5 Chains 10 Links, which must [Page 215]
be noted in your Field-book in all respects as formerly. In this manner make observation of all the other lines and angles, as E F G H I and K, which being collected into your Field-book will stand as followeth.
Deg. | Min. | Chai. | Links | ||
A | 19 | 10 | 7 | 46 | The first station at O. |
B | 53 | 30 | 7 | 18 | |
C | 95 | 15 | 7 | 21 | |
D | 132 | 00 | 6 | 33 | |
E | 166 | 30 | 5 | 57 | |
K | 251 | 30 | 7 | 83 | |
L | 282 | 00 | 9 | 95 | |
M | 304 | 30 | 8 | 05 |
The stationarie distance OQ is 8 Chains 89 Links, and the angle OQN 18 degrees 15 minutes, the inclination or difference of Meridians.
E | 52 | 15 | 5 | 10 | The second station at Q. |
F | 99 | 30 | 7 | 64 | |
G | 148 | 30 | 6 | 40 | |
H | 232 | 30 | 5 | 33 | |
I | 275 | 00 | 6 | 95 | |
K | 321 | 30 | 7 | 61 |
CHAP. XXVI. How to take the Plot of a Field at two stations taken in any parts thereof, by the Circumferentor.
THe use of this Instrument in taking the plot of a field by observing the lines and angles in the midst thereof, is sufficiently shewn already in Chap. 18. and the work of this Chapter differeth nothing therefrom, only in this you make observation in two places.
Therefore placing the Instrument at O, and directing the sights to A B C D E K L and M, you shall finde the degrees cut by the Needle to be the same with those collected in your Field-book at your first station at O. Also, your Instrument being removed to Q, and observation made of the severall angles there, namely of the angles E F G H I and K, they will likewise be found the same with those observed by the Theodolite at your second station in the last Chapter, and therefore to make repetition thereof again in this place, were superfluous.
¶ Here note, that the Plain Table and Theodolite are the most convenient Instruments for these kinde of practises hitherto treated of, and not the Circumferentor, I only have hinted the use thereof, that the agreement of the severall Instruments might be taken notice of, the Circumferentor serving chiefely for large Champion plains and Wood-lands, as will appear hereafter.
CHAP. XXVII. How to protract any observations taken according to the directions of the two last Chapters.
DRaw upon your paper the Meridian line NOS, the point O representing your first station: upon this point O place the center of your Protractor, laying the line EF thereof, directly upon the Meridian line N S. Then laying your Field-book before you, observe the degrees there noted, namely,
- (1.) at A, 19 degrees 10 minutes, the line OA containing 7 Chains 46 Links.
- (2.) at B, 53 degrees 30 minutes, the line OB containing 7 Chains 18 Links.
- (3.) at C, 95 degrees 15 minutes, the line OC containing 7 Chains 21 Links.
And so of the rest, against which degrees and minutes make marks by the edge of your Protractor, and daw lines from O through those marks, as OA, OB, OC, OD, OE, OK, OL, OM, and upon those lines set off the lengths from O, as you finde them collected in your Field-book.
Having thus protracted the observations of your first station (before you move your Protractor) make a mark against 18 degrees 15 minutes which is the inclination or difference of Meridians, and draw the line OQ, setting off 8 Chains 89 Links the length thereof from O to Q. Then upon the point Q, place the center of the Protractor as before, moving it up and down till the line OQ lies just under 18 degrees 15 minutes, and holding it there, lay your Field-book before you, and prick down by the side thereof the severall degrees and minutes as by your Instrument you observed them, together with the lengths of the lines as they were measured, drawing lines through those points also, as the lines QE, QF, QG, QH, QI, and QK.
Lastly, draw the lines AB, BC, CD, DE, EF, &c. so shall you have upon your paper the exact plot of your field, in which (if there be no errour in your work) the line MA being drawn will close exactly with the line BA in the point A.
CHAP. XXVIII. How to take the Plot of a field at two stations taken in the middle thereof, from either of which all the angles in the field may be seen, with the measuring of one line only, by the Plain Table.
NEcessity may sometimes require the plotting of a field according to the directions which I shall deliver in this Chapter, yet I would have as little use made thereof as possible can be, in regard of the acutenesse of the angles, which is more liable to errour then any of the wayes formerly taught, although it be grounded upon as firm a Geometricall principle, as any of them.
Let ABCDEFGH be the figure of a Field, and let the two stations taken within the same be O and Q.
Having placed your Instrument at O, your first station, the Needle hanging directly over the Meridian line of the Card, you must,
- (1.) direct the sights to A, and draw the line OA.
- (2.) direct the sights to B, and draw the line OB.
- (3.) direct the sights to C, and draw the line OC.
- (4.) direct the sights to D, and draw the line OD.
- (5.) direct the sights to E, and draw the line OE.
- (6.) direct the sights to F, and draw the line OF.
- (7.) direct the sights to G, and draw the line OG.
- (8.) direct the sights to H, and draw the line OH.
This done, direct the sights to your second station at Q, and draw the line OQ upon your Table: then (with your Chain) measure out your stationarie distance OQ, which is 7 Chains, and removing your Instrument to Q (the needle hanging over the Meridian line of the Card as before) make observation as you did at O; As,
- (1.) direct the sights to A, and draw the line QA.
- (2.) direct the sights to B, and draw the line QB.
- (3.) direct the sights to C, and draw the line QC.
- (4.) direct the sights to D, and draw the line QD.
- (5.) direct the sights to E, and draw the line QE.
- (6.) direct the sights to F, and draw the line QF.
- (7.) direct the sights to G, and draw the line QG.
- (8.) direct the sights to H, and draw the line QH.
Now you may plainly perceive by the figure where the correspondent lines at each station intersect or crosse each other; as,
- (1.) the lines OA and QA intersect each other at A.
- (2.) the lines OB and QB, intersect each other at B.
- (3.) the lines OC and QC, intersect each other at C.
- (4.) the lines OD and QD, intersect each other at D.
- (5.) the lines OE and QE, intersect each other at E.
- (6.) the lines OF and QF, intersect each other at F.
- (7.) the lines OG and QG, intersect each other at G.
- (8.) the lines OH and QH, intersect each other at H.
Therefore, if from one to another of these points successively you draw lines, you shall have upon your paper the exact symetry or proportion of your field, as namely, the lines AB, BC, CD, DE, &c.
In this kinde of plotting you cannot but perceive a wonderfull quick dispatch, you being to measure nothing but the distance between your stations, but by reason of the acutenesse of the angles (without exact and curious drawing of your lines, and observing the precise points of intersection) you may run into grosse absurdities and mistakes.
CHAP. XXIX. How to take the Plot of a field at two stations taken in any part thereof, from either of which all the angles in the field may be seen, and measuring only the stationarie distance, by the Theodolite or Circumferentor.
YOu may perceive by what hath been said in the foregoing Chapters, that the manner of work is the same both with the Theodolite and Circumferentor, and therefore in this place I make but one example for both Instruments.
Now to take the plot of the field ABCDEFG and H, by either of these Instruments, place your Instrument at O your first station, and turn it about till the needle hang over the Meridian line NS, and fixing it there,
- (1.) direct the sights to A, the Index or Needle cutting 21 degrees 30 minutes.
- (2.) direct the sights to B, the Index or Needle cutting 69 degrees 15 minutes.
- (3.) direct the sights to C, the Index or Needle cutting 124 degrees 45 minutes.
- (4.) direct the sights to D, the Index or needle cutting 168 degrees 10 minutes.
- (5.) direct the sights to E, the Index or Needle cutting 202 degrees 30 minutes.
- (6.) direct the sights to F, the Index or Needle cutting 237 degrees 30 minutes.
- (7.) direct the sights to G, the Index or needle cutting 307 degrees 00 minutes.
- (8.) direct the sights to H, the Index or needle cutting 328 degrees 30 minutes.
This done, measure your stationarie distance OQ, which suppose to contain 7 Chains, and remove your Instrument to Q, turning it about till the Needle hang directly over the Meridian line as before, and there fix it; then,
- (1.) direct the sights to A, the Index or Needle cutting 11 degrees 00 minutes.
- (2.) direct the sights to B, the Index or Needle cutting 35 degrees 30 minutes.
- (3.) direct the sights to C, the Index or Needle cutting 79 degrees 45 minutes.
- [Page 221] (4.) direct the sights to D, the Index or Needle cutting 153 degrees 15 minutes.
- (5.) direct the sights to E, the Index or Needle cutting 224 degrees 30 minutes.
- (6.) direct the sights to F, the Index or Needle cutting 279 degrees 30 minutes.
- (7.) direct the sights to G, the Index or Needle cutting 329 degrees 00 minutes.
- (8.) direct the sights to H, the Index or Needle cutting 347 degrees 30 minutes.
Having thus made observation of all the angles round about the field at both stations and noted the degrees cut by the Index of the Theodolite or the Needle of the Circumferentor, and noted them down in your Field-book, together with the distance between your two stations, you may proceed to protract your work as is taught in the next Chapter.
CHAP. XXX. How to protract any observations taken according to the directions of the last Chapter.
FIrst draw the Meridian line NS, upon which line assigne any point at pleasure, as O, for your first station, unto which point apply the center of your Protractor, with the line EF thereof upon the Meridian line NS. Then looke into the Field-book for the degrees observed at your first station at O, and make marks against those degrees by the edge of your Protractor, and when you have marked them all, draw lines from O through every of them, as the lines OA, OB, OC, &c.
Then from your Scale take 7 Chains (which is your stationarie distance) and place it from O to Q, which represents your second station, upon this point Q, place the center of your Protractor, and laying your Field-book before you, prick down the degrees by the edge of the Protractor, as you finde them noted in your Field-book at your second station at Q, and through those points draw the lines QA, QB, QC, &c.
- The line QA crossing the line OA in the point A.
- The line QB crossing the line OB in the point B.
- The line QC crossing the line OC in the point C.
- The line QD crossing the line OD in the point D.
- The line QE crossing the line OE in the point E.
- The line QF crossing the line OF in the point F.
- The line QG crossing the line OG in the point G.
- The line QH crossing the line OH in the point H.
Therefore if you draw the lines AB, BC, CD, DE, EF, FG, GH, and HA, it shall be the exact plot or figure of the field required.
¶ I might now proceed to shew you the manner of taking the plot of any field without approaching nigh the same; but in regard the performance thereof differeth nothing at all from that which is already taught in the 13, 14, and 15 Chapter of the fourth Book, I shall therefore in this place passe it over as superfluous.
CHAP. XXXI. How to take the Plot of a Wood, Park, or other large Champion plain by the Plain Table, by measuring round about the same, and making observation at every angle,
HItherto we have shewed how the plot of any plain and even ground, or any small enclosure may be taken severall wayes, as being the easiest for a practitioner to try experience upon, I now come to shew how the plot of any large Champion plain, or over-grown wood may be measured, for in such kinde of grounds the former directions will be of little validity, for the largenesse of the plain, or the thicknesse of the wood may many times hinder both your sight and measuring; therefore the best way to measure these kinde of Lands is to go about them, and make observation at every angle.
[Page 224]Suppose the following figure ABCDEFG to be a large Wood or other Champion plain, whose Plot you desire to take upon your Plain Table.
1. Place your Instrument at the angle A, directing your sights to the next angle at B, and by the side thereof draw a line upon your Table, as the line AB, then measure by the hedge side from the angle A to the angle B, which suppose 12 Chains 5 Links, then from your Scale take 12 Chains 5 Links, and set that distance upon your Table from A to B.
2. Remove your Instrument from A, and set up a mark where it last stood, and place your Instrument at the second angle at B; then laying the Index upon the line AB, turn the whole Instrument about till through the back-sights you see the mark which you set up at A, and there screw the Instrument: then laying the Index upon the point B, direct your sights to the third angle at C, and draw the line BC upon your Table, then measuring the distance BC 4 Chains 45 Links, take that distance from your Scale and set it upon your Table from B to C.
3. Remove your Instrument from B, and set up a mark in the room thereof, and place your Instrument at C, laying the Index upon the line CB, and turn the whole Instrument about till through the back-sights you espie your mark set up at B, and there fasten the Instrument: then laying the Index on the point C, direct the sights to D, and draw upon your Table the line CD, then measure from C to D 8 Chains 85 Links, and set that distance upon your Table from C to D.
4. Remove your Instrument to D (placing a mark at C where it last stood) and lay the Index upon the line DC, turning the whole Instrument about till through the back-sights you espie the mark at C, and there fasten the Instrument: then lay the Index on the point D, and direct the sights to E, and draw the line DE, then with your Chain measure the distance DE 13 Chains 4 Links, and set that distance upon your Table from the point D unto E.
5. Remove your Instrument to E (placing a mark at D where it last stood) and laying the Index upon the line DE, turn the whole Instrument about till through the back-sights you see your mark at D, and there fasten the Instrument: then lay the Index on the point E, and direct the sights to F, and draw the line EF, then measure the distance EF 7 Chains 70 Links, which take from your Scale, and set it on your Table from E to F.
6. Remove your Instrument to F (placing a mark at E where it last stood) and lay the Index upon the line EF, turning he Instrument about, till through the back-sights you see your mark set up at E, and there fasten the Instrument: then laying the Index on the point F, direct the sights to G, and draw the line FG upon your Table, then measure the distance FG 5 Chains 67 Links, and set that off upon your Table from F to G.
7. Remove your Instrument to G (setting up a mark at F where it last stood) and lay the Index upon the line FG, turning the whole [Page 225]
Instrument about, till through the sights you see the mark at F, and there fasten the Instrument, then laying the Index upon the point G direct the fights to A (your first mark) and draw the line GA, which shall passe directly through the point A, where you first began, if you have truly wrought.
In this manner may you take the plot of any Chamption plain be it never so large, and here note, that many times, hedges are of such a thicknesse that you cannot come neere the sides or angles of the field, either to place your Instrument ot measure your lines; therefore, in such cases, you must place your Instrument, and measure your lines parallel to the side thereof, and then your work will be the same as if you measured the hedge it selfe.
Note also, that in thus going about a field, you may much help your selfe by the Needle, for looke what degree of the Card the needle cuts at one station, if you remove your Instrument to the next station, and with your back-sights look to the mark where your Instrument last stood, you shall finde the Needle to cut the same degree again, which will give you no small satisfaction in the prosecution of your work.
CHAP. XXXII. How to take the Plot of a Wood, Park, or other large Champion plain, by going about the same, and making observation at every angle thereof, by the Theodolite.
PLace your Instrument at the angle A, and lay the Index on the diameter thereof, turning the whole Instrument about till through the sights you espie the second angle at B, then fastening it there, turn the Index about till through the sights you see the angle at G, the Index cutting 130 degrees 00 minutes, which is the quantity of the angle GAB, and the line AB containing 12 Chains 5 Links, which you must note down in your Field-book as formerly.
2. Remove your Instrument to B, laying the Index on the diameter, and turn it about till through the sights you see the third angle at C, and there fasten it, then turn the Index backward till through the sights you see the angle at A, the degrees cut by the Index being 120 degrees 30 minutes, the quantity of the angle ABC, and the line BC containing 4 Chains 45 Links, which you must note in your Book as before.
3. Remove your Instrument to C, and lay the Index on the diameter thereof, turning the Instrument about till through the sights you see the fourth angle at D, and there fixing it, direct the sights back again to B, the Index cutting 137 degrees 30 minutes, and the line CD being 8 Chains 85 Links.
4. Place your Instrument at D, and lay the Index on the Diameter, turning the Instrument about, till through the sights you espie the fift angle at E, and there fixing it, turn the Index backward towards C, the degrees cut thereby being 120 degrees 30 minutes, and the line DE 13 Chains 4 Links, which must be noted in your Field-book.
5. Remove your Instrument to E, and lay the Index on the Diameter thereof, turning the Instrument about till through the sights you see the angle at F, and there fixing it, turn the Index backward to D, the degrees cut being 121 degrees 30 minutes, and the line EF 7 Chains 70 Links, which note down also.
6. Place your Instrument at F, and lay the Index on the Diameter thereof, turning the Instrument about till through the sights you see the angle at G, and there fixing it, turn the Index till through the sights you espie the former angle at E, the degrees cut being 126 degrees 30 minutes, and the length of the line FG being 5 Chains 67 Links.
7. Lastly, Place the Instrument at G, and lay the Index on the Diameter, turning the whole Instrument about till through the sights you espie the angle at A, and there fixing it, direct the sights back again to F, the degrees cut by the Index being 143 degrees 30 minutes, and the length of the line GA 7 Chains 87 Links.
Having thus made observation at every angle of the field in this manner, and collected the quantity of every angle, and the length of every line in your Field-book, you shall finde them to stand as followeth.
Degrees | Minutes | Chains | Links | |
A | 130 | 00 | 12 | 5 |
B | 120 | 30 | 4 | 45 |
C | 137 | 30 | 8 | 85 |
D | 120 | 30 | 13 | 4 |
E | 121 | 30 | 7 | 70 |
F | 126 | 30 | 5 | 67 |
G | 143 | 30 | 7 | 87 |
CHAP. XXXIII. How to protract or lay down any observations taken according to the doctrine of the last Chapter.
COnsider which way your Plot will extend, and accordingly upon the paper that you would have the Plot of your Field described, draw a line at pleasure, as the line GA. Then place the center of your Protractor upon the point A, and (because the angle at your first observation at A, was 130 degrees 00 minutes) turn it about till the line AG lie directly under 130 degrees, and then at the beginning of the Protractor (which is at 00 degrees, noted (in the figure thereof pag. 51.) with the letter E,) make a mark, and through it draw the line AB, setting 12 Chairs 5 Links (the length of the same line) from A to B.
2. Lay the center of your Protractor upon the point B, and seeing the degrees cut at B were 120 degrees 30 minutes, therefore turn the Protractor about till the line AB lies directly under 120 degrees 30 minutes, and then at the beginnning of the degrees make a mark, and through it draw the line BC, the length thereof being 4 Chains 45 Links.
3. Lay the center of the Protractor on the point C, turning it about till the line BC lies directly under 137 degrees 30 minutes, (which were the degrees cut at your observation at C,) and then making a mark at the beginning or 00 degrees of your Protractor, through it draw the line CD, setting 8 Chains 85 Links thereon from C to D.
4. Bring the center of your Protractor to the point D, turning it about till the line CD lies directly under 120 degrees 30 minutes, and then making a mark at the beginning of the Protractor, through it draw the line DE, and upon it set 13 Chains 4 links, from D to E.
In this manner must yon deale with all the rest of the angles, and when you come to protract the angle at F, which is the last angle, and have drawn the line FG, you shall finde it to cut the line AG first drawn in the point G, leaving the line AG to contain 7 Chains 87 Links, and the line FG 5 Chains 67 Links; and in this, practise is better then many words, and the sight of the figure better then a whole Chapter of information, in which figure you may see the Protractor lie at every angle in its true position.
This work may be performed otherwise, by protracting your last observation first, so having drawn the line AG, lay the center of the Protractor on G, and the Meridian line thereof (namely EF) on the line GA, then (because the degrees cut at your observation at G were 143 degrees 30 minutes) make a mark with your protracting pin against 143 degrees 30 minutes, and through it draw the line GF, upon which line from G to F, set 5 Chains 67 Links.
Then placing the center of your Protractor on the point F, and the Meridian line thereof upon the line FG, making a mark by the edge of the Protractor against 126 degrees 30 minutes (which were the degrees cut by the Index at your observation at F) and through that point draw the line FE, setting 7 Chains 70 Links thereupon from F to E.
And in this manner must you proceed with the rest of the lines and angles, and at last you shall finde the plot of your field to close at A, as before it did at G, and if the sides and angles were never so many, the manner of the work would be the same.
¶ Here note that if in going about a field, and measuring the angles thereof with the Theodolite or degrees on the frame of the Table (as in Chap. 32.) that if you meet with any angle that bendeth inwards in the Field, you must reckon that angle to be so much above 180 degrees as the bending is, and when you note the degrees of such an angle in your Field-book, you may make this > or the like mark against them for a remembrance when you come to protract, and in protracting you must turn the Semicircle of the Protractor the contrary way to what you do in protracting of other angles.
CHAP. XXXIV. How to know whether you have taken the angles of a Field truly in going round about the same with the Theodolite, as in Chap. 33, whereby you may know whether your Plot will close or not the sides being truly measured.
HAving made observation of all the angles in the Field with your Instrument, and noted them down in your Field-book as is done in the latter end of Chap. 32. collect the quantity of all the angles found at your severall observations into one sum, and multiply 180 degrees by a number lesse by two then the number of angles in the field, and if the product of this multiplication be equall to the totall summe of your angles, then is your work true, otherwise not.
EXAMPLE.
In the work of the 32 Chap. the angles found were as in the margine, the summe of them being 900 degrees 00 minutes. Now, because the Field consisted of 7 angles, you must therefore multiply 180 degrees by 5, (which is a number lesse by two then the number of angles in the Field) and the product will be 900,
deg. | min. |
130 | 00 |
120 | 30 |
137 | 30 |
120 | 30 |
121 | 30 |
126 | 30 |
143 | 30 |
900 | 00 |
which exactly agreeing with the summe of all the angles in the Field as you found them by observation, you may conclude that your work is exactly performed.
CHAP. XXXV. How to take the Plot of any Wood, Park, or other large Champion plain, by going about the same, and making observation at every angle thereof, by the Circumferentor.
WE have before shewn the use of the Circumferentor in taking the plot of any small inclosure severall wayes, but for those kinde of practises the Circumferentor is no convenient Instrument, the use thereof in those works was only intimated, that the agreement of the severall Instruments in the performance of the same thing, might the better appear. Now the Circumferentor [Page 231]
is a most absolute Instrument for the surveying of any large and spacious businesse, as a Park, Wood, or other large Common field or Champion plain, the use thereof differing from all that hath hitherto been delivered.
Suppose then that ABCDEFGHK were a large field or other inclosure to be plotted by the Circumferentor.
1. Placing your Instrument at A (the Flower-de-luce towards you) direct the sights to B, the South end of the Needle cutting 191 degrees, and the ditch, wall or hedge AB containing 10 Chains 75 Links, the degrees cut, and the line measured, must be noted down in your Field-book as in the foregoing examples.
2. Place your Instrument at B, and direct the sights to C, the South end of the Needle cutting 279 degrees, and the line BC containing 6 Chains 83 Links, which note down in your Field-book as before.
3. Place the Instrument at C, and direct the sights to D, the Needle cutting 216 degrees 30 minutes, and the line CD containing 7 Chains 82 Links.
4. Place the Instrument at D, and direct the sights to E, the needle cutting 325 degrees, and the line DE containing 6 Chains 96 Links.
5. Place the Instrument at E, and direct the sights to F, the Needle cutting 12 degrees 30 minutes, and the line EF containing 9 Chains 71 Links.
6. Place the Instrument at F, and direct the sights to G, the Needle cutting 342 degrees 30 minutes, and the line FG containing 7 Chains 54 Links.
7. Place the Instrument at G, and direct the sights to H; the Needle cutting 98 degrees 30 minutes, and the line GH containing 7 Chains 52 Links.
[Page 232]8. Place the Instrument at H, and direct the sights to K, the Needle cutting 71 degrees, and the line HK containing 7 Chains 78 Links.
9. Place the Instrument at K, and direct the sights to A (where you began) the Needle cutting 161 degrees 30 minutes, and the line KA containing 8 Chains 22 Links.
Having gon round the field in this manner, and collected the degrees cut, and the lines measured in the severall columns of your Field book according to former directions, you shall finde them to stand as followeth, by which you may protract and draw the plot of your Field as in the next Chapter.
Degrees. | Minutes. | Chains. | Links. | |
A | 191 | 00 | 10 | 75 |
B | 279 | 00 | 6 | 83 |
C | 216 | 30 | 7 | 82 |
D | 325 | 00 | 6 | 96 |
E | 12 | 30 | 9 | 71 |
F | 342 | 30 | 7 | 54 |
G | 98 | 30 | 7 | 54 |
H | 71 | 00 | 7 | 78 |
K | 161 | 30 | 8 | 22 |
In going about a field in this manner, you may perceive a wonderfull quick dispatch, for you are only to take notice of the degrees cut once at every angle, and not to use any back-sights as in the fore going work of the Theodolite: but to use back-sights with the Circumferentor is best for to confirm your work; for when you stand at any angle of a field, and direct your sights to the next, and observe what degrees the South end of the needle cutteth, if you remove your Instrument from this angle to the next, and looke to the mark or angle where it last stood, with your back-sights, the Needle will there also cut the same degree as before, which ought to be done, and may be, without much losse of time.
So the Instrument being placed at A if you direct the sights to B, you shall finde the Needle to cut 191 degrees, then removing your Instrument to B, if you direct the back-sights to A, the Needle will then also cut 191 degrees.
Now for dispatch and exactnesse (if the Needle be good, the Card well divided, and the degrees (by a good eye) truly estimated) the Circumferentor, for large and spacious grounds is as good as any, and therefore observe well the manner of protracting.
CHAP. XXXVI. How to protract any observations taken by the Circumferentor, according to the doctrine of the last Chapter.
ACcording to the largenesse of your Plot provide a sheet of paper or skin of parchment, as LMNO, upon which draw the line LM, and parallel thereto, draw divers other lines, quite through the whole paper or parchment, as the pricked lines in the figure drawn between LM and NO, and let the distance of each of these parallels one from another be somwhat lesse then the breadth of the Scale of your Protractor. These parallel lines thus drawn do represent Meridians, and are hereafter so called, upon one or other of these lines (or parallel to one of them) the Meridian line of your Protractor, noted in the figure thereof pa. 51, with EF) must alwayes be laid when you protract any observations taken by the Circumferentor as in the Chapter before going.
[Page 234]Your paper or parchment being thus prepared, assigne any point upon any of the Meridians, as A, upon which point place the center of your Protractor, laying the Meridian line thereof just upon the Meridian line drawn upon your paper, as you see it lie in the figure annexed. Then looke in your Field-book what degrees the needle cut at A, which were 191 degrees, now, because the degrees were more then 180, you must therefore lay the semicircle of the Protractor downwards, and holding it there, with your protracting pin make a mark against 191 degrees, through which point, from A, draw the line AB, which contains 10 Chains 75 Links.
2. Lay the center of the Protractor on the point B, with the meridian line thereof parallel to one of the pricked Meridians drawn upon the paper, and seeing the degrees cut at B were more then 180, viz. 279, therefore the Semicircle must lie downwards, and so holding it, make a mark against 279 degrees, and through it draw the line BC, containing 6 Chains 83 Links.
3. Place the center of the Protractor on the point C, the Meridian line thereof lying parallel to one of the pricked Meridians drawn on the paper, then the degrees cut by the Needle at your third observation at C being above 180, namely 216 degrees 30 minutes, therefore must the Semicircle lie downwards, then making a mark against 216 degrees 30 minutes, through it draw the line CD, containing 7 Chains 82 Links.
4. Lay the center of the Protractor upon the point D, the degrees cut by the Needle at that angle being 325, which, being above 180, lay the Semicircle of the Protractor downwards, and against 325 degrees make a mark with your protracting pin, through which point, and the angle D, draw the line DE, making it to contain 6 Chains 96 links.
5. Remove your Protractor to E, laying the Meridian line thereof upon (or parallel to) one of the Meridians drawn upon your paper, and because the degrees cut by the Needle at this angle were lesse then 180, namely, 12 degrees 30 minutes, therefore, lay the Semicircle of the Protractor upwards, and make a mark against 12 degrees 30 minutes, through which draw the line EF, containing 9 Chains 71 Links.
6. Lay the center of the Protractor upon the point F, and because the degrees to be protracted are above 180, viz. 342 degrees 30 minutes, lay the Semicircle of the Protractor downwards, and make a mark against 342 degrees 30 minutes, drawing the line FG which contains 7 Chains 54 Links.
And in this manner must you protract all the other angles G, H, and K, and more, if the field had consisted of more angles, alwayes observing this for a generall rule, to lay the meridian line of the Protractor upon (or parallel to) one of the Meridians drawn upon your paper (which the small divisions at each end of the Scale of the Protractor will help you to do,) and if the degrees you are to protract be lesse then 180 (as those at G H and K are) to lay the Semicircle of the Protractor upwards, or from you; and if they be above 180 degrees (as those at A B C and D are) to lay the Semicircle downwards, as you see done in the figure.
CHAP. XXXVII. How to take the Plot of any Park, Forrest, Chase, Wood, ot other large Champion plain, by the Index and Needle, together with the degrees on the frame of the Table, most commodiously supplying the use of the Peractor.
THe use of the Plain Table, Theodolite and Circumferentor, hath been sufficiently taught in the preceding Chapters, and their agreement in all kinde of practises fully intimated, so that you may perceive by what hath been hitherto delivered, that for some kinde of works one Instrument is better then another, and for large and spacious businesses, the Circumferentor is the best (the Needle being good, and no impediment neere to hinder the playing or vertue thereof) there being only this objection to be made against it, viz. that the degrees in the Card are (for the most part) so small that they cannot be truly estimated, and so may occasion the greater errour in protraction. For the salving of this grand inconvenience, Master Rathborn hath a contrivance in his Book of Surveying (by an Instrument which he calleth a Peractor, which is no other then a Theodolite, only the Box and Needle is so fitted to the center of the Instrument, that when the Instrument is fixed in any position whatsoever, the Index may be turned about, and yet the Box and Needle remain immoveable. The benefit of this contrivance is, that whereas in the Circumferentor the degrees are cut by the Needle, here the same degrees are cut by the Index, and therefore are larger, the use whereof is thus.
Place the Peractor at any angle of a field, and turn it about till the Needle hang directly over the Meridian line in the Card, then fix the Instrument there, and turn the Index about till through the sights you espie the mark or angle you would looke at, then shall the Index cut the same degrees and minutes upon the Limbe of the Peractor, as the Needle would have cut upon the Card of the Circumferentor, if used as is before taught: yet notwithstanding this contrivance, you see you must be beholding to the Needle, the convenience only being, that the degrees which you are to note in your Field-book, are larger upon the limb of the Instrument then in the Card, which (I confesse) is somthing considerable.
Now if any man have a desire to make use of this Instrument, thinking none better, he is much deceived, for the Box and Needle being screwed to the Index of the Plain Table, and fastned to the center of the degrees upon the frame of the Table, performeth the work of the Peractor much better then the Peractor it selfe; for, whereas in the use of the Peractor, you alwayes let the needle hang [Page 237]
over the meridian line, and let the Index cut the degrees, in this you shall see that in going round a field, the Needle in the Card, and the Index on the frame of the Table will cut like degrees, so that you have a double testimonie for every observation with the same facility, which is no small satisfaction. Now because (I know) there are some which are wedded to the use of this Instrument, and induce all men whom they can perswade to the use thereof, thinking none so good, or at least better, I will here in one example briefely shew the use thereof, as it is to be performed by the degrees projected on the frame of the Plain-Table, and thereby make the Plain Table more generall.
Let ABCDE be a Field to be measured by the Index and Needle on the Plain Table, supplying the use of the Peractor.
1. Place your Instrument at A, laying the Index and sights with the Box and Needle screwed thereto upon the Diameter of the Table, then the Index so lying, turn the whole Instrument about till the Needle hang directly over the Meridian line in the Card, then screw the Instrument fast, and turn the Index about upon the center, till through the sights you espie your second angle at B, then you shall see that the South end of the Needle will cut upon the Card in [Page 238] the Box, about 218 degrees, and the Index (at the same time) upon the Table will cut 218 degrees 10 minutes, which must be noted down in your Field book as hath been severall times before taught, and measure the distance AB, 9 Chains 65 Links, which you must note down in your Field-book also.
¶ By this you may see the convenience of counting the degrees cut by the Index rather then by the Needle, as here you see 10 minutes are lost in estimation, which the Index giveth more precisely, nay somtimes you may possibly misse halfe or a whole degree by the Needle.
2. Place your Instrument at B, laying the Index on the diameter thereof, and turn the Instrument about till the Needle hang over the Meridian line in the Card, then fixing the Instrument there, turn the Index and sights to C, so shall both the Needle in the Box, and the Index on the frame of the Table cut 298 degrees 30 minutes, and measuring the distance BC, you shall finde it to contain 9 Chains 28 Links, the degrees and minutes, and the length of the line measured, must be noted down in your Field-book as before.
3. Place your Instrument at C, and lay the Index and sights upon the diameter thereof, then turn the Instrument about till the Needle hang over the Meridian line, then fixing it there, turn the Index about till through the sights you espie the fourth angle at D, then will both the Needle and Index cut 15 degrees 40 minutes, these degrees and minutes, with the measured distance CD 5 Chains 70 Links, must be set down in your Field-book.
4. Your Instrument being placed at D, with the Index on the diameter thereof, turn it about till the Needle hang over the Meridian line, and there fixing it, turn the Index about till through the sights you see the next angle at E, then will both the Needle and Index cut 68 degrees, and the distance CE will be 8 Chains 72 Links, which note in your Field-book as before.
5. Lastly, place your Instrument at E (observing all the former cautions) and direct the sights to A, where you shall finde both the Needle and Index to cut 142 degrees 45 minutes, and the measured distance EA to be 7 Chains 11 Links, which note down in your Field-book.
And thus may you go about any field, let it consist of never so many sides and angles, observing alwayes this generall rule, to lay the Index with the Box and Needle, on the diameter of the Table, and to turn the Table about till the Needle hangs directly over the meridian line in the Card, and then fixing the Table, turn the Index about till through the sights you espie the mark you looke for, then will both the Index and the Needle cut the degrees which you must note in your Field-book, so will the collected notes of this example stand as followeth.
Degrees | Minutes | Chains | Links | |
A | 218 | 10 | 9 | 65 |
B | 298 | 30 | 9 | 28 |
C | 15 | 40 | 5 | 70 |
D | 68 | 00 | 8 | 72 |
E | 142 | 45 | 7 | 11 |
Having thus collected your severall observations, you may proceed to protract your work as is taught in the next Chapter, which differeth nothing from that in the 36 Chap.
¶ It will be here objected by the affectors of the Peractor, that here it is required that the Needle should play twice at each observation, to which I answer, it is true, but if you neglect the latter of them; it is both as speedy and as exact as the Peractor, and if you have opportunity to observe both (which you may conveniently do) it will then be better.
CHAP. XXXVIII. How to protract any observation taken as in the last Chapter.
YOu must first rule your paper or parchment all over with parallel lines or Meridians, as is taught in the 36 Chapter, and upon one of these Meridians assigne any point at pleasure, as A, then laying your Field-book before you, place the center of the Protractor upon the point A, the Scale thereof lying upon, or parallel to, one of the meridians ruled on your paper, and because the degrees cut at A were above 180 degrees, viz. 218 degrees 10 minutes, therefore lay the Semicircle of the Protractor downwards, and against 218 degrees 10 minutes of your Protractor make a mark, through which mark and the point A draw the line AB, containing 9 Chains 65 Links.
[Page 241]2. Remove your Protractor to the point B, which represents your second station or angle, laying the Meridian line thereof upon (or parallel to) one of the Meridians drawn upon the paper, and because the degrees cut at Bare above 180, lay the Semicircle downwards as before, and against 298 degrees 30 minutes make a mark, and through it draw the line BC containing 9 Chains 28 Links.
3. Bring your Protractor to C, and lay it parallel to some one of your Meridians, and because the degrees observed at C were under 180, namely 15 degrees 40 minutes, lay the Semicircle upwards, and against 15 degrees 40 minutes make a mark, drawing the line CD containing 5 Chains 70 Links.
4. Place your Protractor as before upon the point D, with the Semicircle upwards, and against 68 degrees thereof make a mark, and draw the line DE containing 8 Chains 72 Links.
Lastly, Remove your Protractor to E, placing it as before, and against 142 degrees 45 minutes (which were the degrees observed at your station at E) make a mark, and through it and the point E draw the line EA, which (if your work be true) will passe through the point A, and will contain 7 Chains 11 Links.
CHAP. XXXIX. How to finde how many Acres, Roods and Perches, are contained in any piece of Land, the plot thereof being first taken by any Instrument.
HAving shewn how to take the plot of any field or other inclosure severall wayes, and also to protract the same upon paper, it is now necessary to shew how the content thereof may be attained, that is to say, how many Acres, Roods and Perches, any field so plotted doth contain: In the performance hereof you must consider that the originall of the mensuration of all superficiall figures, such as Land, Board, Glasse or the like, doth depend upon the exact measuring of certain regular figures, as the Geometricall Square, the Long Square or Parallelogram, the Triangle, the Trapezia, and the Circle: therefore, if any plot of Land to be measured be not one of these figures, it must (before it can be measured) be reduced into some of these forms: I will therefore in the first place shew how to measure any of these figures severally by themselves, and afterwards how to reduce any other irregular figure into some of these regular forms, and lastly to measure them by the same rules: and first,
Of the Geometricall Square.
A Geometricall Square is a figure consisting of four equall sides and angles, as is the Square ABCD, whose sides are all equall to the line QR, which containeth six equall parts, which may be [Page 242] attributed either to Inches, Feet, Yards, Perches, Chains, or any other measure whatsoever.
Now, to finde the superficiall content of such a Square, you must multiply one of the sides in it selfe, and the product of that multiplication shall be the content of the Square.
EXAMPLE.
Suppose the Square ABCD to be a piece of Land, and the side thereof to contain 6 Perches, therefore multiply 6 in it selfe, and the product will be 36, & so many Perches doth the square piece of Land contain.
Of the long Square.
A Long Square is a figure consisting of four sides, as the figure ABCD, the two opposite sides whereof are equall, as the sides AB, and CD, and likewise AC and BD, each of the shorter sides containing 7 Perches, and the longer sides 13 Perches.
To finde the superficiall content of this long Square or Parallelogram, you must multiply one of the longer sides by one of the shorter, and the product will shew the superficiall content thereof.
Example, The longer side of the Square contains 13 perches, and the shorter 7 perches, now if you multiply 13 by 7, the product will be 91, and that is the content of the square in perches.
Of the Triangle.
ALthough there be severall kindes of Triangles, yet in respect they are all measured by one and the same rule, I will therefore adde one example for all, which is generall.
Halfe the length of the Base being multiplyed by the length of the perpendicular, shall be equal to the area of the triangle.
Or, Halfe the length of the Perpendicular being multiplyed by the whole Base, will be the content of the triangle.
EXAMPLE.
Suppose you were to finde the area or content of the triangle BCD, the Base thereof DB contaiking 58 perches, and the perpendicular CA 24 perches.
[Page 243]Now if you multiply 12 (which is half the length of the perpendicular CA) by 58 (the length of the whole base DB) the product will be 696 and that is the area or content of the Triangle.
Or, If you multiply 24 (the whole length of the perpendicular) by 29 (the length of half the base) the product will be 696 as before.
Or again: If you multiply 58 (the whole length of the base) by 24 (the whole length of the perpendicular) the product will be 1392, the half whereof is 696, the area or content of the Triangle, as before.
Of the Trapezia.
A Trapezia is a figure consisting of four unequall sides, and as many unequall angles, as is the figure ABCD.
To measure this Trapezia, you must first draw the diagonall line BD, for by this means the figure is reduced into two Triangles, as ADB, and CDB, then if you let fall the perpendiculars from the points A and C, you may measure them by the last examples, as two Triangles; the sums whereof being added together will be the area or content of the whole Trapezia.
EXAMPLE.
Having drawn the line BD, and so reduced the Trapezia into two Triangles, and let fall the perpendiculars AE and CF, upon the line BD, which is the common base to both the Triangles, you may finde the area of the whole Trapezia, thus.
Suppose the perpendicular CF, were 102 perches, the perpendicular AE 118 perches, and the base BD (which is common to both Triangles) 300 perches.
Now, if according to former directions, you multiply 300 the base, by 59 halfe the perpendicular AE, the product will be 17700, for the content of the Triangle ABD.
In like manner, if you multiply 300 the Base, by 51, halfe the perpendicular FC, the product will be 15300, for the content of the Triangle BCD.
Now if you adde the contents of these two Triangles together; namely 17700, and 15300; the summe of them will be 33000, and that is the content of the whole Trapezia ABCD.
But this work may be performed with more brevity, thus.
In respect the Base BD is common to both the Triangles, you may therefore adde the two perpendiculars together, the halfe of which being multiplyed by the whole Base, the product will shew the content of the whole Trapezia.
[Page 244] EXAMPLE.
The two perpendiculars 118 and 102 being added together, the summe of them is 220, the halfe whereof is 110, this number being multiplyed by 300 (the whole length of the common base) giveth 33000 the content of the whole Trapezia.
OR,
You may multiply the sum of the perpendiculars by the length of the Base, and halfe that product will be the content of the Trapezia also.
Of irregular Figures, how to reduce them into Triangles or Trapezias, and to cast up the content thereof.
LEt ABCDEFGH be the figure of a Field drawn upon your Plain Table, or otherwise protracted upon paper, according to any of the former directions.
In regard that the Field is irregular, that is to say, it is neither Square, Triangle, or Trapezia, it must therefore (before it can be measured) be reduced into some of these forms, which to effect do thus: draw lines from one angle to other, as the lines AD, DB, AE, AF, and FH, then will the whole figure be reduced into six Triangles, as
- 1. the Triangle BCD,
- 2. the Triangle ADB,
- 3. the Triangle ADE,
- 4. the Triangle AEF,
- 5. the Triangle AFH,
- 6. the Triangle FGH.
[Page 245]These six Triangles being measured severally, according to the former directions, and the contents of them all added together into one summe, will shew the area or content of the whole field. As,
- Suppose the Triangle BCD should contain 72 Perches.
- Suppose the Triangle ADB should contain 84 Perches.
- Suppose the Triangle ADE should contain 110 Perches.
- Suppose the Triangle AEF should contain 121 Perches.
- Suppose the Triangle AFH should contain 165 Perches.
- Suppose the Triangle FGH should contain 66 Perches.
These six numbers being added together make 618 perches, and that is the area or content of the whole Field in perches.
But for an abreviation of this work, you need not to finde the area of every Triangle, but of every Trapezia, as is before taught, for the figure is as well divided into Trapezias as Triangles, namely, into the Trapezias ABCD, ADEF, AFGH.
By this means you neede but to finde the area or content of these three Trapezias, which will abreviate nigh halfe of the Arithmeticall work, for if you measure the three Trapezias severally, as hath been taught in this Chapter, you shall finde
- The Trapezia ABCD to contain 156 Perches.
- The Trapezia ADEF to contain 231 Perches.
- The Trapezia AFGH to contain 231 Perches.
These three numbers being added together produce 618 exactly agreeing with the former.
¶ Here note, that at any time when you reduce any irregular plot into Triangles, your number of Triangles will be lesse by two then the number of the sides of your plot; as in this figure, the plot consisted of 8 sides, and you see it is reduced into 6 Triangles.
Of the Circle.
THe proportion of the circumference of any Circle is to its diameter, as 7 to 22.
Now to finde the area or content of any Circle, you must multiply the diameter thereof in it self, and multiply that sum by 11, which product being divided by 14, shall give you the area of the Circle.
EXAMPLE.
In this Circle ABCD, let the diameter thereof DB be 28, which multiplied in it selfe giveth 784, this number multiplyed by 11 giveth 8624, which being divided by 14, the quotient will be 616, and that is the area of the Circle.
The Circumference of a Circle being given, to finde the Diameter.
MUltiply the Circumference by 7, and divide the product by 22, the Quotient shall be the length of the Diameter.
EXAMPLE.
Let the circemference of the Circle ABCD be 88, this multiplyed by 7, giveth 616, which being divided by 22, giveth 28 for the Diameter DB.
CHAP. XL. Of the manner of casting up the content of any piece of Land in Acres, Roods and Perches, by Master Rathborns Chain.
IN the 5. Chapter of the 2 Book, you have a description of Chains in generall, and more particularly of Master Rathborns and Master Gunters. In the measuring of Land by Master Rathborns Chain, you call every Pole or Perch thereof (which is divided into 100 Links) a Unite, and every ten of those Links you call a Prime, and every single Link you call a Second.
Now because there are divers that fancie this Chain rather then any other, because it giveth the content of any Superficies measured therewith in its smallest denomination, namely in Perches and parts of Perches, so that when any Superficies is cast up and brought to Perches, it may easily be reduced into Roods and Acres. Now (for their sakes that affect this Chain) I will shew the use thereof, and afterwards of Master Gunters Chain, leaving every man to take his choice, and use that which liketh him best.
Suppose that the figure B were a piece of Land lying in a long square, which being measured by Master Rathborns Chain should contain in length 16 Unites, 2 Primes; and in breadth 1 Unite, 3 Primes,, 2 Seconds, and that it were required to finde the area or content thereof in Perches, which to effect you must multiply the length by the breadth as is taught in the last Chapter, therefore, the length being 16 Unites 2 Primes, and the breadth 1 Unite, 3 Primes, 2 Seconds, these two numbers multiplyed together shall produce the area.
[Page 247]Set your numbers down as you are taught in the 5 Chapter, of the 2 Book, or as you see them stand in this Example, with a prick over the head of every fraction:
162̇ |
13̇2̇ |
324 |
486 |
162 |
21384 |
under these numbers draw a line, and multiply them together in all respects as if they were whole numbers, and then the work will stand thus, the product of your multiplication being 21384. Now because in your two numbers, viz. your multiplicand and your multiplyer, there are three fractions, namely, one in your multiplicand, and two in your multiplyer, you must therefore (with a dash of your pen) cut off the three last figures of the product towards your right hand, and then will your product stand thus,
21/384 |
the three last figures whereof are the numerator of a fraction, whose denominator is 1000, and the other two figures towards your left hand are Integers of your multiplication; so that the sum of this multiplication is 21 perches, and 384/1000 parts of a perch, which is something more then a third part of a perch.
But to expresse the exact quantity of these fractions in a businesse of this nature were superfluous, onely observe this one Rule for all, namely, that if the figures cut off come neere to a Unite, that is, when the figures cut off are neere as much as those underneath them, or the first figure cut off is either 7, 8, or 9, you may then increase your whole number by a Unite, and not at all regard the fraction.
But for your further practise take another Example, which let be a piece of land containing in breadth 5 Unites, 6 Primes, 3 Seconds, and in length, 15 Unites, 4 Primes and 2 Seconds, which place as before.
Now if you multiply these numbers one by another as if they were whole numbers, then will they stand as in the margine, the product being 868146,
154̇2̇ |
56̇3̇ |
4626 |
9252 |
7710 |
868146 |
from whence take the four last figures (because there are four fractions in your two numbers) there remains 86 perches, and 9146/10000 parts of a perch; now because 8146 is neere to 10000, I adde 1 to 86, making it 87 perches, dis-regarding the excesse as immateriall.
In like manner, suppose the perpendicular of a Triangle should contain 1 Unite, 3 Primes, 2 Seconds, and halfe the length of the base should contain 16 Unites, 2 Primes, these numbers being placed as those before, and multiplyed one by another, will produce this product 21384, from whence cut off the three last figures (because there were three fractions in your numbers multiplyed) and there will remain 21 perches, and 384/1000 parts of a perch, which being but of small value you may reject.
CHAP. XLI. How to reduce any number of Perches into Roods and Acres, or any number of Acres and Roods into Perches.
BY a Statute made the 33. of Edw. 1. an Acre of ground ought to contain 160 square Perches, and every Rood of Land 40 square Perches, and every Perch was to contain 16 foot and a halfe. Now, if any number of Perches be given to be turned into Acres, you must divide the number given by 160 (the number of perches contained in one Acre) and the quotient shall shew you how many Acres are contained in that number of Perches, and if any thing remain (if it be under 40) it is Perches; but if the remainder exceed 40, then you must divide it by 40 (the number of perches contained in one Rood) and the quotient shall be Roods, and the remainder perches.
EXAMPLE.
Let 5267 perches be given to be reduced into Acres, first, divide 5267 by 160, and the quotient will be 32, and 147 remaining, which divide by 40, the quotient will be 3, and 27 remaining, so that the whole amounteth to 32 Acres 3 Roods and 27 perches.
Again, let 5496 perches be given to be reduced into Acres, first, divide 5496 by 160, the quotient will be 34, and 56 remaining, which 56 being divided by 40, the quotient will be 1, and 16 remaining, so that the whole will be 34 Acres 1 Rood and 16 perches.
To reduce Acres into Perches.
THis is but the converse of the former, for (as before) to reduce perches into Acres, you divided by 160, you must now, to reduce Acres into Perches, multiply by 160.
EXAMPLE.
Let 32 Acres 3 Roods and 27 perches, be given to be reduced into Perches: first, multiply the 32 Acres by 160, and the product will be 5120, then multiply the 3 Roods by 40, the product is 120, these two products, and the 27 perches being added together, the summe will be 5267,
5120 |
120 |
27 |
5267 |
and so many perches are contained in the foresaid number of Acres, Roods and perches: and thus much concerning the use of Master Rathborns Chain.
CHAP. XLII. How to cast up the content of any piece of Land in Acres, Roods and Perches, by Master Gunters Chain.
IN measuring by Master Gunters Chain you are in your account only to take notice of Chains and Links, as was before intimated in the description thereof Cap. 5. Lib. 2. Suppose then that the figure B were a piece of Land lying in a long square, and that being measured by Master Gunters Chain should contain in length 9 Chains 50 Links, and in breadth 6 Chains 25 Links.
Set your numbers down as before is taught and as here you see, drawing a line under them, then multiplying them together, you shall finde the product to be 593750,
9,50 |
6,25 |
4750 |
1900 |
5700 |
593750 |
from which product you must alwayes cut off the five last figures towards the right hands with a dash of your pen, then will the product stand thus, 593750, so is the 5 towards the left hand compleat Acres, and the 93750 hundred thousand parts of an Acre, which to reduce into Roods and Perches is easie, by help of this Table.
For, if you looke for 90000, under the title Links (which is the first figure with Cyphers added)
Links. | R. | P. |
100000 | 4 | 0 |
90000 | 3 | 24 |
80000 | 3 | 8 |
70000 | 2 | 32 |
60000 | 2 | 16 |
50000 | 2 | 0 |
40000 | 1 | 24 |
30000 | 1 | 8 |
20000 | 0 | 32 |
10000 | 0 | 16 |
9375 | 0 | 15 |
8750 | 0 | 14 |
8125 | 0 | 13 |
7500 | 0 | 12 |
6875 | 0 | 11 |
6250 | 0 | 10 |
5625 | 0 | 9 |
5000 | 0 | 8 |
4375 | 0 | 7 |
3750 | 0 | 6 |
3125 | 0 | 5 |
2500 | 0 | 4 |
1875 | 0 | 3 |
1250 | 0 | 2 |
624 | 0 | 1 |
you shall finde against it 3 Roods, 24 Perches, then looke for 3750, and against it you shall finde 6 perches, all which being added together as here you see, the area or content of the whole piece will be 5 Acres, 3 Roods and 30 Perches.
A. | R. | P. |
5 | 00 | 00 |
3 | 24 | |
6 | ||
5 | 03 | 30 |
Another Example.
Suppose the base of a Triangle should contain 16 Chains 56 Links, and halfe the perpendicular of the same Triangle 4 Chains 32 Links, these being multiplyed one in the other will produce the area or content of the whole Triangle.
[Page 250] Set your numbers down as in the margine is done, and multiply one by the other, so will the Product be 715392,
16,56 |
4,32 |
3312 |
4968 |
6624 |
715392 |
from which cutting off the five last figures towards the right hand, there will be left before the line of partition 7, which is 7 compleat Acres, and behinde the line there will be 15392, which are hundred thousand parts of an Acre, and how much that is, the Table will easily shew; for, if you looke in the first column for 10000, against it you shall finde 00 Roods 16 Perches; then looking for 5392, you finde it not, but the neerest thereto is 5625, against which there standeth 9 perches, all these numbers being added together will produce 7 Acres, 00 Roods, 27 Perches,
A. | R. | P. |
7 | 00 | 00 |
16 | ||
9 | ||
7 | 00 | 27 |
which is the area of the Triangle.
Thus may you finde the area of any Triangle or Parallelogram very easily by one multiplication and addition, which is much easier then the way of casting up by Master Rathborns Chain.
By this manner of work if the length and breadth of a long Square or Parallelogram given should be 9 Chains 75 Links, and 6 Chains 25 Links, the area of such a long Square would be found to be 6 Acres, 00 Roods 15 perches. Or, the length and breadth being 12 Chains 42 Links, and 1 Chain 36 Links, the area or content will be found to be 1 Acre, 2 Roods, 30 perches. Also, the length and breadth being 12 Chains 86 Links, and 5 Chains 25 Links, the area will be found to be 6 Acres, 3 Roods, 00 perches.
But lest you should be destitute of this Table when you have need thereof, you may have it put upon some spare place of your Instrument, or rather (instead of this Table) a Scale, which I will now shew you the use of, which performeth that work far better and more easily then the Table, and may conveniently be graduated upon the Index of your Table, the dividing and numbering whereof is well known to the Instrument maker.
The Scale consisteth of two parts, one whereof is square perches, the other square Links, the Scale of square perches proceedeth gradually from 1 to 40 with sub-divisions, and is numbered by 5, 10, 15, 20, &c. to 40. The Scale of square Links proceedeth gradually from 1 to 25000, and is also sub-divided and numbered by 1000, 2000, &c. to 25000, equall to 1 Rood or 40 perches.
The use of the Scale of Reduction.
We will instance in the second example beforegoing, where the length and breadth of the long Square was 16 Chains 56 Links, and 4 Chains 32 Links, these being multiplyed together produce 715392, and the five last figures being cut off, there is 7 Acres and 15392 remaining, now to finde how many Roods and Perches this is, look in the Scale of Square Links for fifteen thousand three hundred ninety two, and against it, in the Scale of square Perches you shall finde 24 Perches and above halfe a perch.
Another Example.
Let us take the first example beforegoing, where the numbers multiplyed were 9.50, and 6.25, these being multiplyed one by another produce 593750, and the five last figures being cut off, there will be 5 Acres, and 93750 remaining: now to know how many Roods and Perches are contained therein by the Scale,
¶ You must consider that 25000 square Links are equall to one Rood or 40 Perches, as appeareth by the Scale it selfe, and also by the Table, then is 50000 equall to 2 Roods, and 75000 equall to 3 Roods; therefore, if your number remaining exceed 25000, and be under 50000, you may conclude 1 Rood and odde perches to be contained therein. If it exceed 50000, and be under 75000, you may conclude 2 Roods and some odde perches to be therein. If above 75000, you may then conclude 3 Roods and odde perches to be therein.
Now in this example, the number remaining is 93750, which because it exceedeth 75000, I conclude there is 3 Roods contained therein, which I set to the 5 Acres, and substract 75000 from 93750, the ramainder being 18750, this number, eighteen thousand seven hundred and fifty, I seeke in the Scale of Square Links, and right against it I finde 30 perches, which added to the former, giveth 5 Acres, 3 Roods and 30 Perches,
A. | R. | P. |
5 | 3 | 30 |
which is the area or content required.
Thus you see with what celerity and exactnesse the Scale effecteth your desire, and therefore let it be graduated upon the Index of your Table that it may alwayes be ready at hand when you have need thereof. The construction of this Reducing Scale I received of my honoured friend Master S. F. deceased.
CHAP. XLIII. Containing divers compendious rules, for the ready casting up of the content of any plain superficies, and other necessary conclusions incident to Surveying, by the line of Numbers.
THe line of Numbers is of singular use in casting up of the content of any Superficies, and for land measuring especially Master Gunter hath severall propositions, like unto which, I will insert seven other propositions which will be of singular use in the practise or Surveying.
1. The length and breadth of a right angled Parallelogram or long Square being given in Perches, to finde the content thereof in Perches.
- As 1 perch, is to the breadth of the Parallelogram in perches;
- So is the length in perches, to the content in perches.
In this long Square or Parallelogram ABCD, if the breadth thereof CB be 36⅖ perches, and the length thereof AB 50 perches, the content will be found to be 1820 perches: for,
If you extend the Compasses from 1 to 36⅖ the length, the same extent will reach from 50 the breadth, to 1820, the area or content in perches, which you may reduce into Acres as is taught in the 41 Chap.
2. The length and breadth of a long Square being given in Perches, to finde the content in Acres.
- As 160, to the b [...]eadth in perches;
- So the length in perches, to the content in Acres.
So in the former figure, if the length thereof AB be 50 perches, and the breadth thereof 36 [...], the content will be found to be 11 Acres 40 parts, which is 1 Rood 20 perches; for,
If you extend the Compasses from 160 to 36⅖, the same extent will reach from 50 to 11 Acres 40 parts.
3. The length and breadth of a Parallelogram being given in Chains, to finde the content in Acres.
- As 10, to the breadth in Chains;
- So the length in Chains, to the content in Acres.
So the length of the long Square AB being 12 Chains 50 Links, and the breadth BC 9 Chains 10 Links, the area will be found to be 11 Acres 37 parts, or 1 Rood 20 perches, for,
If you extend the Compasses from 10, to 9 Chains 10 Links, the same extent will reach from 12 Chains 50 Links, to 11 Acres 37 parts.
4. Having the Base and perpendicular of a Triangle given in Perches, to finde the content in Acres.
- As 320, to the Perpendicular;
- So the length of the Base, to the content in Acres.
So in the Triangle LAB, if the line BD be taken for the perpendicular of the Triangle, then the length of the base being 50 perches, and the perpendicular 36 2/5, the area will be found to be 5 Acres 22 parts, which is 2 Roods 30 perches, then,
If you extend the Compasses from 320 to 36 2/5 the perpendicular, the same extent will reach from 50 the length of the base, to 5 Acres 22 parts.
5. The Base and perpendicular of a Triangle being given in Chains, to finde the content in Acres.
- As 20, to the perpendicular;
- So the Base, to the content in Acres.
So in the former figure, if AB 12 Chains 50 Links be taken for the Base, and BD 4 Chains 55 Links for the perpendicular of the Triangle ALB, the area (by this proportion) will be found to be 5 Acres 68 parts, that is, 5 Acres 2 Roods 30 perches, therefore,
If you extend the Compasses from 20 to 4 Chains 55 Links, the same extent will reach from 12 Chains 50 Links, to 5 Acres 68 parts, which is 2 Roods 30 perches.
6. The Area or superficiall content of any piece of Land being given according to one kinde of Perch, to finde the content thereof accoading to cnother kinde of Perch.
- As the length of the second perch,
- To the length of the first perch;
- So the content in Acres,
- To a fourth number:
And that fourth number to the content in Acres required.
Suppose the figure B were a piece of Land, which being plotted and cast up by a Chain of 16 foot and a halfe to the Perch, should contain 8 Acres, and that it were required to finde how much the [Page 254] same piece would contain if it were measured with a Chain of 18 foot to the perch: if you work according to the proportion here delivered, you shall finde it to contain 6 Acres 72 parts: for,
If you extend the Compasses from 18 to 16½, that extent will reach from 8 to 7.30, and from 7.30 to 6.72, and so many Acres would the figure B contain if it were measured by a perch of 18 foot.
7. Having the length of the Furlong, to finde the breadth of the Acre.
- As the length of the furlong in Perches, to 160;
- So is 1 Acre, to the breadth in Perches.
So if the length of the furlong be 50 perches, the breadth for one Acre will be 3.20: for,
If you extend the Compasses from 50, the length of the furlong in perches, the same extent will reach from 1 Acre to 3.20 perches.
But if the length of the Furlong be given in Chains, then,
- As the length of the Furlong in Chains, is to 10;
- So is 1 Acre, to the breadth of the furlong in Chains.
So the length of the Furlong being 12 Chains 50 Links, the breadth thereof will be found to be 00 Chains 80 Links: for,
If you extend the Compasses from 12 Chains 50 Links, to 10, that extent will reach from 1 Acre to 80 Links, which is the breadth of the furlong required.
CHAP. XLIV. How to reduce one kinde of measure into another, as Statute measure to Customarie measure.
BY the 6 Prop. of the last Chapter you may perform this work by the line of Numbers as is there taught, but however, it will not be amisse in this place to shew how to performe the same Arithmetically, that the reason thereof may the better appear. Now whereas (by the forementioned Statute) an Acre of ground was to contain 160 square perches, measured by the Pole or Perch of 16 foot and a halfe, but in many places of this Nation (through long custome) there hath been received other quantities, called Customarie, as namely, of 18, 20, 24, and 28 foot to the Pole or Perch.
It is therefore necessary for a Surveyor to know how readily to reduce Customarie measure to Statute measure, and the contrary.
Suppose then, that it were required to reduce 5 Acres, 2 Roods, [Page 255] 20 Perches, measured by the 18 foot Pole into Statute measure, you must seeke out the least proportionall terms between 18 foot, and 16 foot and a halfe, which to perform do thus. Because 16 and a halfe beareth a fraction, reduce 16 and a halfe into halves, and that both your numbers may be of one denomination, you must reduce 18 (the customary Pole) into halves also, then will your numbers stand thus 33/36, which abreviated by 3, by saying how many times 3 in 33? the quotient will be 11, and again, how many times 3 in 36? the quotient will be 12, so will the two proportionall terms between 16 and a halfe and 18, be 11 and 12.
This done, reduce your given quantity (5 Acres, 2 Roods, and 20 perches) into perches, which makes 900 perches: Now considering that what proportion the square of 11, which is 121, bears to the square of 12, which is 144, the same proportion doth the Acre of 16 foot and a halfe to the Perch, bear to the Acre of 18 foot to the Perch.
Now (because the greater measure is to be reduced into the lesser) multiply the given quantity 900 perches, by 144, the greater square, and the product will be 129600, which divided by 121, the quotient will be 1071 9/ [...] perches, which being reduced into Acres, giveth 6 Acres, 2 Roods, 31 perches, and 9/ [...] parts of a perch, according to statute measure.
But on the contrary, suppose it had been required to reduce Statute measure into Customary measure, then you must have multiplyed 900 perches (your given quantity) by 121 the lesser Square, (because the lesser measure is to be reduced into the greater) the product will be 108900, which divided by the greater Square 144, the quotient will be 756¼ perches, which reduced into Acres is 4 Acres, 2 Roods 36 perches and a quarter.
The same manner of work is to be observed in the reducing of any Customarie quantity whatsoever.
CHAP. XLV. How to lay out severall Furlongs in Common-fields unto divers Tenants.
HAving plotted the whole Field, Common, or other Inclosure, with its particular bounds, as you observe them in the survey of the whole Mannor, or if you only survey that particular, you must take speciall notice of all the bounds thereof, then provide a Book or paper which must be ruled or divided into 8 Columns, in the first whereof towards the left hand is to be written the Tenants name, and the tenor by which he holds the same Land, the two next Columns are to contain the length of every mans Furlong in Chains and Links. In the two next Columns is expressed the breadth of every mans [Page 256] Furlong in Chains and Links, as by the Letters over the head of each column doth appear.
In the three last Columns is to be expressed the quantity of each tenants Furlong in Acres, Roods and Perches.
In the laying out of severall parcels in this kinde, you will have use only of your Chain; then when you begin your work, you must first write the name of the field, and in the first columne of your Booke or paper, you must write the Tenants name, and the tenour by which he holds the same, from what place you begin to measure, and upon what point of the compasse you passe from thence, and observing this direction in all the rest, you may (if need require) bound every parcell.
This being noted in your Book, observe the species or shape of the Furlong, whether it be all of one length or not, if of one length, then you need take the length thereof but once for all, but if it be irregular, that is, in some places shorter and in others longer, then you must take the length thereof at every second or third breadth, and expresse the same in your Book under the title of length. As for the expressing of the severall breadths, you need but to crosse over the whole Furlong, taking every mans breadth by the middle thereof, and entering the same as you passe along, but in case there be a considerable difference at either end, then I would advise you to take the breadth at either end, and adde them together into one sum, then take the half of that summe for your mean or true breadth, and enter it in your book or paper under the title of breadth.
In this manner you may proceed from one Furlong to another till you have gone through the whole field, which when you have done and noted down the severall lengths and breadths in your book, you may multiply the length and breadth of every parcell together, as is taught before, and so shall you have the quantity of every parcell by it selfe, which quantity must be noted downe in the three last columns of your Book as in the following example appears.
The Tenants names and tenour. | Length. | Breadth. | Content. | ||||
C. | L. | C. | L. | A. | R. | P. | |
Abel Johnson, from the pond S. E. free. | 32 | 76 | 3 | 45 | 11 | 1 | 12 |
Nicholas Somes, for three lives. | 30 | 12 | 2 | 63 | 7 | 3 | 30 |
Robert Dorton, for Life. | 28 | 60 | 8 | 12 | 23 | 0 | 36 |
James Norden, at Will. | 25 | 11 | 12 | 35 | 31 | 0 | 2 |
CHAP. XLXI. To finde the horizontall line of any hill or mountain.
THis proposition differeth nothing from those formerly taught in the taking of Altitudes. Wherefore, suppose you should meet with a hill or mountain as ABD, the thing required is to finde the length of the line BD on which the mountain standeth.
First, place your Instrument at the very foot of the Hill, exactly levell, then let one go to the top of the hill at A, and there place a mark, which must be so much above the top of the hill; as the top of the Instrument is from the ground; then move the Label up and down till through the sights thereof you see the top of the mark at A, and note the degrees cut by the Label on the Tangent line, for that is the quantity of the angle ABC, which suppose 47 degrees, then by consequence the angle BAC must be 43 degrees, the complement of the former to 90 degrees, then measure the side of the hill AB, which suppose to contain 71 Feet, then in the Triangle ABC there is given the side AB 71 foot and the angle BAC 43 degrees, together with the right angle ACB 90 degrees, and you are to finde the side BC, which to perform, say,
- As the Sine of the angle ACB, 90 degrees,
- Is to the side AB 71 feet;
- So is the Sine of the angle BAC, 43 degrees,
- To the side BC: 48½ feet.
Then (because the hill descends on the other side) you must place your Instrument at D, observing the angle ADC to contain 41 degrees, and the angle DAC 49 degrees, and the side AD 80 feet: now to finde the side CD the proportion will be,
- As the Sine of the angle ACD, 90 degrees,
- Is to the side AD, 80 feet;
- So is the Sine of the angle CAD, 49 degrees,
- To the side CD 60½ feet.
Which added to the line BC, giveth 109 feet, which you may reduce into Chains, by dividing it by 66, and this line must be protracted instead of the hypothenusall lines AB and AD.
Another way.
There is another way also used by some for the measuring of horizontall lines, which is without the taking of the Hils altitude, or using of any Arithmeticall proportion, but by measuring with the Chain only, the manner whereof is thus.
Suppose ABC were a hill or mountain, and that it were required to finde the length of the Horizontall line thereof AC. At the foot of the hill or mountain, as at A, let one hold the Chain up, then let another take the end thereof and carry it up the hil, holding it levell, so shall the Chain meet with the hill at D, the length AD being 60 Links, then at D let the Chain be held up again, and let another carry it along levell till it meet with the side of the hill at E, the length being 54 Links: then again let one stand at E and hold up the Chain, another going before to the top of the hill at B, the length being 48 Links, these three numbers being added together make 162 Links, or 1 Chain 62 Links, which is the length of the horizontall line AC. This way of measuring is by some practised, but the other (in my opinion) is far to be preferred before it, only when you are destitute of better helps you may make use hereof.
¶ But if the hill or mountain should have a descent back again on the other side, you must then use the same way of working as before, and adde all together for the horizontall line.
CHAP. XLVII. How to plot Mountanous and uneven grounds, with the best way to finde the content thereof.
FOr the plotting of any mountanous or uneven piece of ground, as ABCDEFG, you must first place your Instrument at A, and direct the sights to B, measuring the line AB, then in regard that from B to C there is an ascent or hill, you must finde the horizontall line thereof, and draw that upon your [Page 259] Table, accounting thereon the length of the hypothenusall line, then measure round the field according to former directions, and having the figure thereof upon your Table reduce it into Trapezias, as into the Trapezias ABEG, BCDE, and the Triangle GEF; then from the angles A C E and F let fall the perpendiculars AK, CH, EI, and FM. Now in regard there are many hils and valleys all over the field, you must measure with your Chain in the field over hill and dale from B to D, and to the line BD set the number of Chains and links as you finde them by measuring, which will be much longer then the streight line BD measured on your Scale; then by help of your Instrument finde the point H in the line BD, and
measure with your Chain from C to H, over hill and dale as before, and to this perpendicular CH set the number as you finde it by the Chain: then finde the perpendicular IE, and measure that with your Chain also, all which lines (in respect of the hils and vallies) will be found much longer then if they were measured by your Scale: then by the measured lines BD, CH and IE, cast up the content of the Trapezia BCDE. In this manner you must cast up the content of the Trapezia ABEG, and the Triangle GEF, and this is the exactest way I can prescribe for the mensuration of uneven grounds, which being well and carefully performed, will not vary much of the true content: For it is apparent that if such mountanous grounds were plotted truly according to their area in plano, the figure thereof would not be contained within its proper limits, and being laid down amongst other grounds would swell beyond the bounds, and force the adjoyning grounds out of their places; now for distinction in your Plot you may shadow them off with hils as in this figure, lest any man seeing your plot should measure by your Scale, and finde your work to differ.
CHAP. XLVIII. How to take the Plot of a whole Mannor, or of divers parsels of Land lying together, whether Wood-lands or Champion plains, by the Plain Table.
ALthough practise, in the performance hereof, be better then many words, and that the rules already delivered are of sufficient extent to perform the work of this Chapter, yet (for farther satisfaction in this particular) I will herein deliver the most sure and compendious way I can imagine.
Suppose therefore that the following figure ALMNPQSTYXGH and K were part of a Mannor, or divers parcels of land lying together, and that it were required to take the plot thereof upon your Plain Table.
Now the best way (in my opinion) is first to go round about the whole quantity to be measured, and draw upon your Table a perfect plot thereof, as if it were one entire field (which you may do by the 31 Chap. of this Book) and then to make separation and division thereof in an orderly way, as is taught in this Chapter: But before you begin your work, it will be very necessary to ride or walke about the whole Mannor, or at least so much as you are to survey, that you may be the better acquainted with the severall bounders, and in your passage you ought to take speciall notice of all eminent things lying in your way, as Churches, Houses, Mils, High-wayes, Rivers, &c. which will much help you, also in this your passage it were necessary to take notice of some convenient place to begin your work as followeth.
Having made choice of some convenient place in the peripherie or outward part of the Mannor, as at A, place there your Table, turning it about till the Needle hang over the Meridian line in the Card, and there fix it, then upon the Table (with most convenience) assigne any point at pleasure, as A, unto which point lay the Index, and turn it about till through the sights you see a mark set up at the next angle at L, then by the side of the Index draw the line AL, which suppose to contain 8 Chains 68 links, take these 8 Chains 68 links from any Scale, and place that length upon your Table from A to L.
2. Bring your Instrument to L, and lay the Index upon the line LA, turning the whole Table about till through the sights you see a mark set up at A where your Table last stood, and there fix it, so will the Needle hang directly over the Meridian line in the Card as before, then lay the Index upon the point L, and turn it about till through the sights you see a mark set up at the next angle at M, and draw a line by the side of the Index, which suppose to contain 6 Chains 55 links, this length being taken from the same Scale as [Page 261]
the former line was, will reach upon your Table from the point L unto M.
3. Remove your Table to M, and lay the Index upon the line ML, turning the Table about till through the sights you espie a mark set up at the angle L, where your Table last stood, and there fixing it, you shall still finde the Needle to hang directly over the Meridian line, if you proceed truly in your work: then laying the Index to the point M, turn it about till through the sights you espie some mark set up at the next angle at N, and draw a line by the side of the Index, then measuring with your Chain from M to N, you shall finde it to contain 7 Chains 27 links, which take from the same Scale as before, and place the length thereof upon your Table from M unto N.
4. Place your Instrument at N, laying the Index upon the line NM, and turn the Table about till through the sights you see a mark set up at your former station at M, and there fix the Table, so will the needle hang over the meridian line as before, then turn the Index about upon the point N, till through the sights you espie the next angle at P, and draw a line by the side thereof, then measure the distance NP 9 Chains 32 links, which take from the Scale, and set it upon your Table from N unto P.
In this manner must you go round about the whole Mannor, making observation at every angle thereof, as at P Q S T Y X G H and K, and setting down the length of every line upon your Table as you finde it by measuring with your Chain, you shall have upon [Page 262] your Table the figure of one large plain; which must include all the rest of the work, and in thus going about you shall (if you have truly wrought all the way) finde your plot to close exactly in the point A, where you began, but if it do not, go over your work again, for otherwise, all that you do afterwards within the same will be false.
¶ Here note, that if one sheet of paper will not contain your whole plot, you must then shift your paper in this manner: when any line falleth off of your Table, draw two lines at right angles crosse your paper, which the equall divisions on the frame will help you to do; then lay another clean sheet of paper upon your Table, and by the same parallel divisions at the contrary end of the Table, draw two other lines at right angles, and upon them note what part of your Plot crossed the two other lines before drawn, and at those points begin to go forward with the rest of your work: and thus may you shift divers papers one after another, if need be.
Having thus drawn the true plot of the outward bounds or peripherie of the whole Mannor upon your Table, as the figure ALMNPQSTYXGH and K; and exactly closed your plot at A where you began, you may proceed now to lay out the severall Closes therein contained, in this manner.
1. Place your Table at A, laying the Index and sights upon the line AL before drawn, and turn it about till through the sights you espie the angle L, and there fixing it, the needle will hang directly over the Meridian line in the Card: then turn the Index about upon the point A, till through the sights you espie a mark set up at the angle B, and by the side of the Index draw the line AB containing 6 Chains 43 Links.
2. Remove the Table to B, laying the Index on the line BA, and turn the Table about till through the sights you see the angle A, then fix it, and turn the Index about upon B, till you see the next angle at C, drawing the line BC by the side of the Index, which suppose to contain 8 Chains 5 Links.
3. Place the Table at C, laying the Index upon the line CB, and turn it about till through the sights you see your former station at B, and there fixing it, turn the Index about upon the point C, till through the sights you see the angle at E, and draw the line CE containing 10 Chains 22 Links which set from C to E, and again (before you move your Table) direct the sights to O and draw the line OC containing 6 Chains 64 links, which take from your Scale and set from C to O, and (because O is the next angle to the bounder) you may (without placing your Instrument at O, or measuring the distance ON) draw the line ON upon your Table, which (if the rest of the work be true) will contain 4 Chains 45 links.
4. Remove your Table to E, laying the Index upon the line EC, and turn the Table about till through the sights you see the angle at C, then fix it, and turn the Index about upon the point E, till [Page 263]
you espie the next angle at F, and draw the line EF containing 5 Chains 50 Links, which set from E to F, now (because the angle at F is the next angle to the bounder) you may draw the line FG upon your Table without any further trouble, which (if the rest of your work be true) will contain 6 Chains 68 Links.
5. Remove your Instrument to T, laying the Index upon the line TS, and turn it about till through the sights you espie the angle at S, & there fixing it, turn the Index about upon the point T, till through the sights you espie the next angle at V, and by the side of the Index draw the line TV containing 6 Chains 15 Links, which set upon the Table from T to V: now (because V is the angle next the bounder) you may only draw the line VG, without placing your Instrument at V, or measuring the distance VG upon the ground, which (if the rest of the work be true) will contain 6 Chains 38 Links.
6. Bring your Instrument to Q, and lay the Index upon the line PQ, turning the Table about till through the sights you see the angle at P, then fixing the Table there, turn the Index about upon the point Q, till through the sights you espie the angle at R, and by the side of the Index draw the line QR containing 10 Chains 75 Links, which set from Q to R.
Lastly, Bring your Table to R, and laying the Index on the line QR, turn the Table about till through the sights you see the angle at Q, and there fix it, then turn the Index about upon the point R, till through the sights you espie the angle at D, and draw the [Page 264] line RD, which (if the rest of the work be true) will contain 5 Chains 3 Links.
Thus have you an exact and perfect draught of the whole Mannor, or of severall inclosures, in the performance whereof I have been somthing large, because I would shew the most naturall way first: but the same thing may be performed with more brevity as followeth, wherein (if you mark it well) you shall plainly perceive that halfe the work will be abreviated, and the same thing effected with almost halfe the measuring.
Having made choice of the angle A to begin your work, place your Table there, turning it about till the Needle hang directly over the Meridian line in the Card, and there fix it, then assigne any point upon the Table, for your beginning station, as the point A, and laying the Index to this point, turn it about till through the sights you espie the next angle at L, then draw the line AL containing 8 Chains 68 Links, which take from your Scale and set from A to L: and also (before you move your Table) direct the sights to B, and by the side of the Index draw the line AB, but you need not measure the length thereof.
2: Then go forward with your work as in the former part of this Chapter, placing your Table at the angles L M and N, and when you come to N, and have drawn the line NP, you may (before you move your Table) draw the line NO, but not measure it.
3. Also when you come to the angle Q, and have drawn the line QS, you may draw the line QR also, at once placeing of the Table.
4. When you come to observe at the angle T, and have drawn the line TY, you may at the same time also draw the line TV, but need not measure it.
5. When you come to the angle G, and have drawn the line GH, you may also draw the line GV, which will cut the line TV in the point V; and at the same time also you may draw the line GF containing 6 Chains 68 Links.
Having thus gon round the whole Mannor, and made a plot of the outward part or peripherie thereof, and also drawn the lines AB, NO, QR, TV, GV and GF, as you went along the bounder, the remainder of the work will (by this means) be much abreviated, for you have no more to do, but
1. To place your Table at F, laying the Index upon the line FG, and to turn it about till through the sights you espie the angle at G, and fixing it there direct the sights to E, and draw the line EF containing 5 Chains 50 Links.
2. Place the Table at E, and lay the Index on the line EF, turning the Table about, till you see through the sights the angle F, then fix it, and turn the Index about upon the point E till through the sights you espie the angle at C, and by the side of the Index draw the line EDC, which containeth 10 Chains 22 Links. Then because that from C to D there is 4 Chains, set 4 Chains from C to D and draw the line DR, which will cut the line QR in the point R, leaving the line DR to contain 5 Chains 3 Links.
Lastly, place the Table at C, laying the Index on the line CE, turning it about till through the sights you see the angle at E, and there fixing it, turn the Index about upon the point C, and direct the sights to B and O, drawing the lines CB and CO. And thus have you upon your Table an exact plot of your Mannor with great ease and celerity.
There is yet another way to perform this work: when you have taken the true plot of the outward bounds or peripherie of the whole Mannor upon a sheet or more of paper; if you will take the pains to go over every particular inclosure again, and draw particular plots of every parcell by the same Scale wherewith you laid down the plot of the peripherie; then over the plot of every particular Inclosure, draw parallel Meridians, and when you have thus plotted every particular, if you cut them off by their bounders, and lay them one by another according to their situation within the plot of the whole peripherie, you shall finde that those plots (if your work be true) will justly fill the plot of the whole, leaving no vacuity.
CHAP. XLIX. How to take the plot of a whole Mannor, or of divers severals whether Woodland or Champion plains, by the Theodolite, Circumferentor, or Peractor.
BY what hath been hitherto delivered concerning the harmony between the Theodolite, Circumferentor and Peractor, you may perceive that the working by any one of them being rightly understood, the application thereof to any of the other will be apprehended at the first sight, I will therefore instance in the Circumferentor as being most generall. Let the example of the last Chapter serve, where the figure ALMNPQSTVXGHK represented part of a Mannor. Then having provided your Field-book ready ruled, you must at the head of one of the leaves thereof write the Title of the Mannor, the County in which it is, and who is Lord thereof, As, ‘The Mannor of Elsmore in the County of S. for the Honourable R. B. Lord thereof.’
Then beginning with your first Close write over the head of your Field-book the Tenants name, the name of the Close, and the tenour by which he holds the same, so for the first Close. ‘ Henry Grey, Casbey Close, Pasture, Free.’
Under this draw a line quite through your Book, then beginning to survey this Close, place your Instrument at A, and direct your sights to L, noting the degrees there cut, which let be 160 degrees 45 minutes, which 160 degrees 45 minutes must be noted in the first and second Columns of your Field-book, then measure the distance AL 8 Chains 68 Links, which place in the third & fourth Columns.
2. Remove your Instrument to L, and direct the sights to M, the needle cutting 181 degrees 30 min. and the line LM containing 6 Chains 55 Links, which note down in your Field-book.
3. Place your Instrument at M, and direct the sights to N, the needle cutting 233 degrees, and the line MN 7 Chains 27 Links, which note in your Field-book. And in regard you are to leave the hedge or bounder ALMN, adjoyning to Wisby Common, (which appertaineth to another Mannor, and therefore only the name inserted for your remembrance when you come to protraction) you must draw a line quite through your Field Book, and in the last Column thereof write Wisby Common, which denotes unto you that you are to leave the bounder of Wisby Common.
4. Place your Instrument at N and direct the sights to O the needle cutting 355 deg. 40 min. and the distance NO being 4 Chains 45 Links, which note in your Field-book as before.
5. Place your Instrument at O, and direct the sights to C, the needle cutting 309 degrees 30 minutes, and the line OC containing 6 Chains 64 Links, which note in your Field-book.
Now because at these two observations you went against the hedge or bounder of Banton plain, you must against them write in your Field-bok Banton plain, and because you are now to leave the hedge or bounder of Banton plain, draw a line quite through your Field-book,
6. Place your Instrument at C, and direct the sights to B, the needle cutting 54 degrees 00 minutes, and the distance CB being 8 Chains 5 Links, the degrees and minutes must be noted in the first and second columns of your Field-book, and the Chains and Links in the third and fourth.
7. Remove your Instrument to B, and direct the sights to A, the needle cutting 19 degrees 30 minutes, and the distance BA being 6 Chains 43 Links, the degrees and minutes must be noted in the first and second Columns of your Field-book, and the Chains and Links in the third and fourth. Now because at these two last observations you went against the hedge or bounder of Bay Wood, you must therefore against them write Bay Wood, and because you have now finished your first Close you must draw a double line through your Book for your remembrance.
Then consider which parcell is next fittest to be taken in hand, which let be Bay Wood, and withall at what angle thereof it is most meet to begin, which suppose C; and here (for your help when you come to protraction) you must expresse in the title of this second Close at what angle you begin the same (unlesse you had begun it where you ended the last at A, and then it is not materiall) wherefore [Page 268] seeing you are best to begin at C, looke in your Field-book (on the work of the last Close) what degrees and minutes the needle cut at C which were 54 degrees, and 8 Chains 5 Links, therefore against that number make this ☉ or the like mark, and write the Title for your second Close thus. ‘ Samuel White, Bay-wood, by Lease, begin at ☉.’
By this means you shall readily know when you come to protraction, where to begin with this prcell, and in the margine place (2) for the number of your second parsell, and then proceed in your work of surveying this parcell as before you did for the other till you have gone round about the same ending at A where you first began, noting down all your observations both of lines and angles, with the particular bounders as you go along in your Field-book, in all respects as you did those of the first Close, and in thus doing you shall finde that at your first observation from C to E, that you went partly by the hedge or bounder of Banton plain, and partly by the hedge or bounder of Church-field, and therefore against the degrees of that observation write Banton plain and Church-field, there drawing a line: then at your two next observations at E and F you went along the hedge or bounder of Church-field, and at the three last observations at G H and K you went against the hedge or bounder of Wisby Common, there finishing your second parsell, wherefore draw a double line quite through your Field-book.
These two parcels being finished, consider which is next fittest to be taken in hand, and where to begin it, which suppose Banton plain, and to begin at N, wherefore looke in your field-book what degrees the needle cut when you made observation at N in the surveying of Gosby Close, and left the bounder of Wisby Common, which degrees you shall finde to be 355 degrees 40 minutes, and 4 Chains 45 Links, therefore at the end of that line where you finde 355 degrees 40 minutes, and 4 Chains 45 Links, make this + or some other mark for a remembrance when you come to protraction, then for the next parcell write in your Field-book. ‘ George Burton, Banton plain, for two lives, begin at ✚.’
This being done place your Instrument at N, and direct the sights to P, the needle cutting 220 degrees 20 minutes, and the line NP containing 9 Chains 32 Links, which note in your Field-book, and because at this observation you went by the hedge or bounder of Wisby Common, and are now to leave it, therefore draw a line and write Wisby Common, and in this manner must you go about this parcell also till you come to close at D, and having finished draw a double line.
Then considering that Church field is next fitest to be surveyed, and that it is most convenient to begin the same at Q, therefore looke what degrees the needle cut at Q in the surveying of Banton [Page 269]
plain which were 15 degrees 40 minutes, [...]nd 10 Chains 75 Links, against which in your Fild-book make this ♓ or the like mark for your remembrance, and for your next Close [...]rite in your Field-book as followeth. ‘ Thomas King, Church field, by Lease, begin at ♓.’
Then placing your Instrument at Q, direct the sights to S, noting the degrees cut, and the length of every line measured, with your particular bounders, as you did in the other Closes before, till you come to inclose at G, and when you have done, draw a double line quite through your Field-book, and write the title of the next Close to be surveyed in this manner. ‘ John Nichols, Odcumb Close Free, begin at —.’
Then placing your Instrument at T, direct the sights to Y, and note the degrees cut and the lines measured as in those before, till you have gon round the field to G. And thus, if there were never so many Inclosures you may (without confusion) easily distinguish the work of the one from the other, and be able (remembring the premises) to draw a plot thereof at any time, remembring alwayes that those numbers in the Margent of your Book, ought to be placed severally in your Plot in those Closes they represent.
(1) Henry Grey, Cosbey Close, Pasture, Free. | ||||
160 | 45 | 8 | 68 | Wisby Common. |
181 | 30 | 6 | 55 | |
233 | 00 | 7 | 27 | |
355 | 40 | 4 | 45 | + Banton plain. |
309 | 30 | 6 | 64 | |
54 | 00 | 8 | 5 | ☉ Bay Wood. |
19 | 30 | 6 | 43 | |
(2) Samuel White, Bay Wood, by Lease, begin at ☉. | ||||
320 | 00 | 10 | 22 | Banton plain, & Church field. |
15 | 30 | 5 | 50 | Church field. |
337 | 45 | 6 | 68 | |
87 | 30 | 6 | 84 | Wisby Common. |
113 | 30 | 6 | 73 | |
153 | 30 | 6 | 69 | |
(3) George Burton, Banton plain, for 2 Lives, begin at +. | ||||
220 | 20 | 9 | 32 | Wisby Common. |
299 | 30 | 10 | 50 | The Forrest. |
15 | 40 | 10 | 75 | ♓ Church field |
53 | 30 | 5 | 3 | |
(4) Thomas King, Church field, by Lease, begin at ♓. | ||||
316 | 20 | 13 | 12 | The Forrest. |
17 | 15 | 10 | 83 | Church Lane. |
56 | 00 | 6 | 15 | — Odcumb Close. |
24 | 10 | 6 | 38 | |
(5) John Nichols, Odcumb Close, Free, begin at — | ||||
334 | 30 | 7 | 3 | Church Lane. |
48 | 30 | 6 | 25 | |
101 | 30 | 6 | 18 |
These Instructions being sufficient for the application and use of the Field book, I shall desire all men to make frequent triall and practise thereof, and compare the Book with the Plot, and protracting the same according to the directions hereafter given, you will finde it to be most exact and facile.
Here by the way, I might give directions whereby to take in divers severals at once, if the bounders be regular, which will much ease you both in surveying and protracting, but by small practise this and divers other abreviations will appear of themselves.
I have here added one leafe of your Field-book as it ought to be ruled, w ch take for an example, it being the collections of the work of this Chapter, with the severall lines, angles and bounders, as you observed them in your Survey.
CHAP. L. How to protract or draw the plot of a whole Mannor, or of divers inclosures, the observations of the severall angles, lines and bounders being noted in your Field-book.
PRovide a Skin of Velom, or Parchment, or divers sheets of paper neatly fastned together with Mouth-glew, according to the magnitude or greatnesse you intend to have your Plot, which paper or parchment let be ruled all over with [...] parallel lines, representing Meridians, as is taught in the 36 Chapter of this Book, the distance of which lines one from another must not exceed the breadth of the Scale of your Protractor.
Now suppose you were to protract the observations of the last Chapter, laying your Field-book before you, consider which way your plot will extend, and accordingly begin your work, as at the point A, upon which point A place the center of your Protractor, turning it about, till the correspondent divisions at each end of the Scale of the Protractor lie directly upon one of the parallel meridians, and staying the Protractor there, look in your Field-book what degrees and minutes the needle cut at your first observation at A, which [Page 272] were 160 degrees 45 minutes, therefore against 160 degrees 45 minutes of your Protractor, make a mark, and through that mark and the point A, draw the line AL, containing 8 Chains 68 Links.
Then place the center of the Protractor upon the point L, in all respects as before, and finding your next degrees and length to be 181 degrees 30 minutes, and the length 6 Chains 55 Links, therefore against 181 degrees 30 minutes of your Protractor make a mark, and through it draw the line LM containing 6 Chains 55 Links.
Then place the center of the Protractor upon the point M, and looke in your Field-book what degrees were cut at M, protract those degrees (as before) and draw the line MN containing 7 Chains 27 Links.
Then place the center of the Protractor upon the point N, the degrees cut being 355 degrees 40 minutes, and the line NO containing 4 Chains 45 Links, and because against these 355 degrees 40 minutes you finde in your Field-book this mark + there placed, you must therefore (with Black lead or the like) make the same mark at the point N upon your paper, to signifie that you must there begin to protract some other Close.
In this manner must you proceed with all the other lines and angles as you finde them noted in your Field-book, till you have gone over your first Close, and closed your plot at A.
Having thus finished your first inclosure, you must deale in the same manner with the second, third and fourth, and so on, were there never so many. And to know where to begin to protract your second inclosure, you must have recourse to your Field-book, where you shall finde this mark ☉ at which you must begin your second inclosure, which is Bay Wood, and the like mark upon your paper at the point C, which is your remembrancer to put you in minde that at the point C you must begin to protract your second Inclosure, as you did your first Close.
¶ In this manner of protracting there is no difference nor cautions to be observed, more then those already hinted in Chap. 36 and 38 of this Book, viz. that if the degrees to be protracted be under 180, to lay the Semicircle of the Protractor upwards or from you, and if they be above 180, to lay the Semicircle downwards.
CHAP. LI. The figure of any plot being given, how to inlarge or diminish the same according to any assigned proportion.
IT may so fall out that when you have taken the plot of a whole Mannor upon your Plain Table, in divers sheets of paper, or observed the angles, and afterwards protracted them, as in the two last Chapters, it may so fall out that your plot may be either bigger or lesser then is desired, now if at any time it be required to inlarge or diminish any plot according to any proportion, this Chapter will accomplish your desire.
The Instruments for the performance hereof are divers, as was intimated in the 9 Chapter of the 2 Book. Now for generality and exactnesse, the two Indexes there spoken of, having at each end thereof a Semicircle, is inferiour to none, but the Instrument being very chargeable, and the use thereof very intricate and tedious, I shall wholly omit to speak any more of it.
There is another way also which Master Rathborn used, which was with a Ruler by him invented for that purpose, which would indifferent well reduce a plot from one bignesse to another according to some particular proportions. The making of this Ruler is so well known, and the use thereof so apparent, that I shall not need to say any thing concerning the description or use of it: I only intimate that there is such a Ruler, that those which please may have it made.
Another way is by one line divided into 100 or 1000 equall parts only, which by the help of Arithmetick will perform this work very well, but this (as being very tedious) I neglect.
To passe by these and divers others which I could name, I shall say somthing of the Parallelogram, which for generality, exactnesse, and dispatch, surpasseth all the rest, unto which (in my opinion) there is none comparable. Of Parallelograms there are diverse sorts, but that which I shall instance in, consisteth but of four Rulers only, the making whereof is well known to the Instrument maker, and the manner of using it is as followeth.
Take the plot which you would reduce, and fasten it to a Table with Mouth-glew, then by it, upon the same Table, fasten your fair paper or parchment, upon which you would have your new plot; then having fitted your Parallelogram according to the proportion into which you would have your plot reduced, fix the Parallelogram to the Table, by a point for that purpose: then put your drawing pen into some one hole on one of the sides of the Parallelogram, and upon it a plummet of lead or brasse to keepe the pen down close to the paper, when it is moved thereupon: and here note, that at any time when the Parallelogram is thus fitted, the point that sticketh [Page 274] in the Table, the Pen which is to draw, and the Tracer which you must move along the lines of your old plot, will lie alwayes in a right line, but this by the way: Your Parallelogram being fixed to the Table, and the pen in its true place fitted to draw, take the Tracer in your right hand, and with it, lightly go over all the lines of your old plot, so shall the motion thereof occasion the pen to draw upon your clean paper or parchment, the true and exact figure of your former Plot, though of another bignesse, which will be in proportion to the greater according to the situation of the sides of the Parallelogram, which will better appeat by the sight of the Instrument, then words can possibly explain it.
CHAP, LII. How to draw a perfect draught of a whole Mannor, and to furnish it with all necessary varieties, also to trick and beautifie the same: in which, (as in a Map) the Lord of the Mannor may at any time (by inspection only) see the symetry, scituation and content of any parcell of his Land.
HAving protracted your plot according to your intended bignesse, and written the content of each Close about the middle thereof, you may about the bounds of every field or Inclosure, with a small Pensill, and some transparent green colour, neatly go over your black lines, so shall you have a transparent stroke of green on either side of your black line, which will adde a great lustre and beauty to your Plot.
Then in your Wood-land grounds, draw diverse little Trees in the most materiall places, and shadow your mountanous and uneven grounds with hils and valleys, expressing all kinde of Bogs, Groves, High-wayes, Rivers, &c. distinguishing them by lively colours according to their similitudes.
Then in some convenient place of the Plot, without the Inclosures, draw a Circle, and therein describe the 32 points of the Mariners Compasse according to the situation of the grounds, with a Flower-de-luce at the North part thereof.
Then in some other convenient place of your plot, make a Scale equall to that by which your plot was protracted.
Lastly, in some other convenient place towards the upper part thereof, draw the Coat of Arms belonging to the Lord of the Mannor, with Mantle, Helme, Crest, and Supporters; or in a Compartment, but be sure you blazon the Coat in its true Colours.
These things being well performed, your plot will be a neat Ornament for the Lord of the Mannor to hang in his Study, or other private place, so that at pleasure he may see his Land before him, and the quantity of all or every parcell thereof without any further trouble.
Also in your plot must be expressed the Mannor-house according to its symetry or situation, with all other houses of note, also all Water-mils, Wind-mils, and whatsoever else is necessary, that may be put into your Plot without confusion.
For farther explanation of what hath been delivered in this Chapter, I have here added the figure of a small Mannor, which will be sufficient for example sake.
CHAP. LIII. How to finde whether water way be conveyed from a Spring head, to any appointed place.
THere is an Instrument called a Water-Levell, for the performance hereof, the making whereof is sufficiently known. Now if it were required to know whether water may be conveyed in Pipes or Trenches from a Spring head to any determinate place, observe the following directions.
Place your Water-Levell at some convenient distance from the Spring head, in a right line towards the place to which the water is to be conveyed, as at 30, 40, 60, or 100 yards distant from the Spring-head. Then having in a readinesse two long streight poles (which you may call your station staves) divided into Feet, Inches, and parts of Inches from the bottome upwards: being thus provided, cause one (whom you may call your first assistant) to set up one of the said staves at the Spring head, and require another (which you may call your second assistant) to erect the other staffe beyond your Instrument at 30, 40, 60, or 100 yards forward, towards the place to which the water should be conveyed. These station staves being erected perpendicular, and your Water-Levell in the mid way precisely horizontall, go to the end of the Levell, and looking through the sights, cause your first assistant to move a leafe of paper up and down your station staffe, till through the sights you see the very edge thereof, and then by some known signe or sound, intimate to him that the paper is then in its true position, then let this first assistant note against what number of Feet, Inches, and parts of an Inch the edge of the paper resteth, which he must note down in a paper. Then your Water-Levell remaining immoveable, go to the other end thereof, and looking through the sights towards your other station staffe, cause your second assistant to move a leafe of paper along the staffe, till you see the very edge thereof through the sights, and then (by some known signe or sound) cause him to take notice what number of Feet, Inches, and parts of an Inch, are cut by the said paper, which will him also to keepe in minde, or note in a paper as your first assistant did.
This done, require your first assistant to bring his station staffe from the Spring head, and cause your second assistant to take that staffe and carry it forward towards the place to which the water is to be conveyed, 30, 40, 60, or 100 yards, and there to erect it perpendicular as before, letting your first assistant stand at that staffe where your second assistant before stood; then in the mid way between your two assistants, place your Water-Levell exactly horizontall, and looking through the sights thereof, cause your first assistant to move a paper up and down, and when you give him a [Page 277] signe to note what number of Feet, Inches, and parts of an Inch are cut by the paper, and note them down, then going to the other end of your Water-Levell, look through the sights, and cause your second assistant to move a paper along the Staffe, and to note the Feet, Inches, and parts of an Inch as before.
Then cause your first assistant to bring away his station-staffe, and cause your second assistant to take it and carry it 30, 40, 60, or 100 yards forwarder towards the place to which the water is to be conveyed, and leaving your first assistant at the place where your second assistant last stood, place your Water-Levell again in the mid way between your two Assistants, and looking through the sights as before, cause each of them to move a leafe of paper up and down their station staves, and note down in their severall papers the number of Feet, Inches, and parts of an Inch cut, when you looked through the sights of your Water-levell.
In this manner you must go along from the Spring head, to the place unto which you would have the water conveyed, and if there be never so many severall stations, you must, in all of them, observe this manner of work precisely, so by comparing the notes of your two Assistants together, you may easily know whether the water may be conveyed from the Spring head to the desired place or not.
¶ Here note, that in your passage between the Spring head and the appointed place, from station to station, you must observe this order, otherwise great errour will ensue, viz. that your first assistant must at every station, stand between the Spring head and your Water-Levell: and your second assistant must alwayes stand between your Water-Levell and the place to which the water is to be conveyed, thus by observing this order in your work you shall have no confusion, neither shall one of your Assistants take more pains then the other.
Having thus orderly proceeded from the Spring head to the place appointed, call both your Assistants together, and cause them to give in their notes of the observations at each station, and adde them together severally: then if the note of the second assistant exceed (or be greater then) the note of the first assistant, take the lesser out of the greater, and the remainder will shew you how much the appointed place to which the water is to be brought is lower then the Spring head.
Station | Feet | Inch | parts |
1 | 15 | 3 | ½ |
2 | 2 | 1 | ¼ |
3 | 1 | 6 | 0 |
Sum | 18 | 10 | ¾ |
Station | Feet | Inch | parts |
1 | 3 | 2 | ¾ |
2 | 14 | 0 | ¼ |
3 | 3 | 11 | 0 |
Sum | 21 | 2 | 0 |
[Page 278]By this Table you may perceive that the notes of the first assistant collected at his severall stations being added together, amounteth to 18 Feet, 10 Inches; and ¾ of an Inch: and the notes of your second assistant at his severall stations being added together amounteth to 21 Feet and 2 Inches, so the number of the first assistants observations being taken from the number of the second, there will remain 2 Feet, 3 Inches and ¼ of an Inch, and so much is the place to which the water is to be brought, lower then the Spring head, according to the streight Water-Levell, and therefore the water may easily be conveyed thither.
¶ Here note, that when you have called your two Assistants together, and examined their severall Notes, and added them together, if then you shall finde the summe of your first assistants Note to be greater then the Summe of your second assistants Note, that then it is impossible to bring the water from that Spring head to the intended place: but if the Summes of the Notes of your two Assistants do exactly agree; there is then a possibility of effecting it, if the distance be but short, though with more charge and difficulty.
¶ Note 2, That the most approved Authors concerning this particular do aver, that at every miles end there ought to be alowed 4½ Inches more then the streight Levell, for the current of the water.
¶ Note 3, If there be any Hill lying in the way between the Spring head and the place to which the water is to be conveyed, you must then cut a Trench by the side of the Hill in which you must lay your pipes equall with the streight water levell, with the former allowance. And in case there be a Valley you must then make a Trunk of strong wood well under-proped with strong pieces of Timber, and well pitched or leaded, as is done in diverse places between Ware and London.
¶ Note 4, That in your conveying of water to an appointed place, it is not convenient to bring it from the Spring head by the neerest distance or in a streight line, but by a crooked or winding way; and you ought also to lay the pipes one up and another down, but this is to be observed but in some cases only, where the water will have too violent a current.
Another way.
There is another way whereby you may know whether water will be brought to any place or not, which in very large distances ought [Page 279] to be considered. Take the distance between the Spring head and the place to which the water is to be brought, which multiply in it selfe, adde the product thereof to the Square of the Earths Semidiameter, viz. to the square of 3436 4/11 Italian miles, then out of the product thereof extract the Square Root, and then from that Square Root take 3436 4/11 miles, the remainder is the difference between the line of levell, and the water or circular levell.
Thus have I finished my intended discourse of Surveying of Land, in which I have studied rather to make every particular therein contained plain and perspicuous to the meanest capacity, then with too much brevity to obscure that which I chiefely aimed at, namely, to instruct the ignorant: I confesse I may be justly blamed by those who are Masters of the Art, or have a considerable knowledge thereof already, for using too many circumlocutions, but I answer, it was not written for their sakes, yet I hope it will not be rejected by them; and although I do not attempt to teach such more then they know already, yet (possibly) they may herein finde somthing worth their perusall and practise, or (at least) it may be a remembrancer unto them to bring to minde what otherwise they may have forgotten: But ceasing to apologise any more for my Book, let it now speak for it selfe.